UC-NRLF $B 25 3 D".D ■^llar and'. DaHietl GIFT OF Daughter of William Stuart Smith 1?>.V C^vTVv^Arv/ (AaatO/uVI.* X r ,»>S/V^ ^^fKA^ v^fv* ^ Digitized by the Internet Arciiiye in 2007 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/firstlatinbool. * » ^ Boston, U.SA. PUBLISHED BY GINN & COMPANY 1898 Copyright, 1894, by William C. Collar and M. Grant Daniell ALL RIGHTS RESERVED •• I • PREFACE. This book is not a revision of " The Beginner's Latin Book," nor is it intended to supersede that work. It has been written for the purpose of offering to schools that cannot afford the amount of time and practice required to complete "The Beginner's Latin Book," a work not less thorough, but easier, and demanding not more than two-thirds as much time. The reduction has been made almost wholly by shortening the exercises for translation, particularly those to be turned into Latin. Those who compare the two books will find that the inflections of the language are illustrated with as much copiousness in this book as in the former. The same is true of the comparative completeness with which the principles of syntax are treated. In fact a place was found for some points of construction that were not taken up in the earlier book. Except in the few pages of introduction, the colloquia^ and some minor matters, the contents of the book are new, but everywhere increased simplicity and clearness have been studied, not novelty. Deviations from the method of " The Beginner's Latin Book" will be found to be unimportant, except in the treatment of the pronouns, the subjunctive, the infinitive. 870723 iv PREFACE. and the participle. Instead of deferring these subjects till very late and then dealing with them in mass, they have been brought forward much earlier in some of their uses, so as to distribute difficulties and make prac- tice more gradual, varied, and extended. Reading lessons have been introduced early and great pains taken to grade them in point of difficulty to the progress of the learner, and at the same time to exemplify those forms and principles of syntax that have constituted the substance of preceding lessons. Beyond such changes in order and method, it did not seem to us wise to depart from the plan of the earlier book. The surprising favor with which that book v/as received at once, on its publication, and its annually increasing use, amounting, as the publishers inform us, to more than 45,000 copies a year, seemed the strongest justification for building on the same plan. In preparing the former book we conceived it to be of the highest importance, " while following a rigorously scientific method in the development of the successive subjects, to impart something of attractiveness, interest, freshness, and variety to the study of the elements of Latin." ^ To engage the interest of the young learner at the outset of his study of Latin is to gain for him an immense advantage in wrestling with so difficult a lan- guage. Though this principle seems to have been pur- posely ignored in some first Latin books that have appeared since the publication of *' The Beginner's Latin Book," we are not shaken in our belief that both reason and experience will continue to condemn such works as 1 See " The Beginner's Latin Book," p. vi. PREFACE. V fundamentally and fatally wrong in conception, whatever be the care and skill shown in their compilation. To acquire Latin is a task calling for patience, industry, perseverance, time. But if the beginner, as sometimes happens, has the misfortune to spend a good part of a year over a wooden book of forms and exercises, then to be thrust upon a difficult and uninteresting mili- tary history, there is considerable danger that he will become impatient, lazy, discouraged, and will abandon the study. Whatever means were found available in the prepara- tion of " The Beginner's Latin Book " for imparting " interest and freshness," have been used in this, and in particular the principle of continuity in separate exercises has been kept in view and applied as far as was found practicable. What is meant may be found illustrated in such exercises as» those numbered 104, 118, 123, 128, 129, 310, 480. It will be seen that this book is designed to be not simply a stile to a particular author, but rather a gate to the Latin language. No effort has been made to keep the vocabularies down to the point of meagreness and to circumscribe them to one set of ideas. It was accord- ingly no objection in the opinion of the authors, but rather a recommendation, that the selections for reading at the end of the book contain a copious and varied vocabulary. Yet it appears that the learner, after com- pleting the lessons that precede, has already had and used more than two-thirds of the words occurring in these selections. The attention of all who use this book is called to the special and general vocabularies at the end. They are vi PREFACE. not mere catalogues of words. Great pains have been taken to make them thoroughly helpful to the learner. Besides references to the text, comparisons are constantly made with synonymous words, and the learner is reminded of the most interesting kindred words in English. We are strongly of the opinion that, after the rudi- ments have been learned, it is wise to have some weeks or months of reading in easy Latin before Nepos and Caesar are taken up. Even in the course of the first few months of study it is desirable to give a part of the hour of recitation to reading at sight in such a book as " The New Gradatim," the teacher leading the way and supply- ing the meanings of words. This book may very well be followed by i^iome easy Latin Reader, or by " Viri Romae," for which a term or more of the first year should remain after completing the lessons. We are confident that such a course would so much lessen 4:he difficulty of be- ginning Nepos or Caesar, and so much increase the pleasure and confidence of the learner, that it would soon seem strange that a different practice should ever have prevailed. The merits of "Viri Romae," as a reading book for boys and girls, seem not to be fully appreciated in this country. It is not too difficult, it is interesting from be- ginning to end, and it presents to the young many noble ideals of spirit and conduct. Occasionally a pedant ob- jects to the Latinity ; but the Latinity is at least as good as that of Nepos, and learned schoolmasters all over Europe put it into the hands of their pupils. Our thanks are due to Miss Alice M. Wing, of the Springfield High School, and to Mr. J. H. Humphries, of the Girls' High School, Philadelphia, for suggestions PREFACE, vii made while the proof-sheets were passing through the press. We are under special obligations to Mr. John L. March, of the Harry Hillman Academy, Wilkesbarre, Pa., and to Mr. Clarence W. Gleason, of the Roxbury Latin School. Both gentlemen made valuable suggestions and read the proofs with as much concentrated attention and scrupulous care as if the work were their own and its accuracy depended upon them individually. Wm. C. Collar. M. G. Daniell. Boston, Sept. 14, 1894. CONTENTS. Lesson Page Grammatical Introduction i-6 I. First Declension : Nominative Singular and Plural 7. 8 II. First Declension : Nominative and Accusative. — Subject. — Direct Object 9-11 III First Declension : Dative. — Indirect Object. — Possessive Dative 11-13 IV. First Declension : Genitive. — Predicate Nom- inative 14. 15 V. Second Declension : Words in -us and -um. Apposition 16-18 VI. First and Second Declensions: Agreement of Adjectives 18-20 VII. Second Declension : Words in -er 21-23 VIII. The Verb sum : Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative ; Present Imperative and Infinitive. — Agreement of Verbs. Colloquium 23-25 IX. First Conjugation : Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative ; Present Imperative and In- finitive 26, 27 X. Ablative of Agent. Colloquium 27, 28 XI. The Verb sum : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative ; Perfect Infinitive. — Instru- mental Ablative 29-31 XII. First Conjugation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative; Perfect Infinitive. — Ablative of Manner 31-33 X CONTENTS. Lesson Page XIII. Reading Lesson : The Romans and the Sabinbs . T^l, 34 XIV. The Demonstratives hie and ille .... 35-37 XV. The Interrogative Pronoun 37-39 XVI. The Relative Pronoun: Agreement of Relative 40-42 XVII. The Demonstrative is 42-44 XVIII. Third Declension : Mute Stems .... 45-47 XIX. Third Declension : Mute Stems. — Ablative of Cause. Colloquium 47-50 XX. Third Declension : Liquid Stems. — Descrip- tive Ablative and Genitive 5^^-53 XXI. Reading Lesson : Scipio and Hannibal. CoIIo- 9"'"^ 53-55 XXII. Third Declension : Stems in i 56-58 XXIII. Third Declension: Stems in i, — Ablative of Time 58-61 XXIV. Third Declension: Gender. — Anecdote. Col- loquium 61-63 XXV. Adjectives of the Third Declension . . 64-66 XXVI. Ablative of Specification 66, 67 XXVII. Second Conjugation : Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative ; Present Imperative and Infinitive 68, 69 XXVIII. Reading Lesson: TheVolscians 70 XXIX. The Locative Case 71. 72 XXX. Second Conjugation : Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative; Perfect Infini- tive 72, 73 XXXI. Comparison of Adjectives : Declension of Comparatives. — Ablative of Comparison . . 74-76 XXXII. Comparison OF Adjectives: /'arZ/V/V^ 6'^«///z/^ 77-79 XXXIII. Comparison OF Adjectives: Ablative of Degree of Difference 80-82 XXXIV. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs. — Colloquium 82-85 XXXV. Third Conjugation: Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative; Present Imperative and Infinitive 85-87 XXXVI. Reading Lesson : Cornelia's Jewels . . . . 87, 88 CONTENTS. XI Lesson Page XXXVII. Fourth Declension 89, 90 XXXVIII. Third Conjugation: Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative; Perfect Infinitive. — Ablative of Accompaniment . 91-93 XXXIX. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns : Possessive Adjectives 94-97 XL, Subjunctive of Purpose with ut and ne. — Present and Imperfect Subjunctive of sum, amo, and moneo 98, 99 XLI. Fifth Declension : Accusative of Extent. Colloquium 100-102 XLII. Third Conjugation, Verbs in -16 : Tenses of the Indicative ; Present Imperative ; Present and Perfect Infinitive. — Accusa- tive of Place Whither 103-105 XLIII. Reading Lesson : A Battle 106, 107 XLIV. Subjunctive of Result with ut and ut non. — Present and Imperfect Subjunctive of reg5 and capio 107-109 XLV. Numerals: Cardinals. Colloquium . . . 110-112 XLVI. Numerals : Ordinals. — Irregular Adjec- tives 113, 114 XLVII. Complementary Infinitive : Indicative, Infinitive, Present and Imperfect Subjunc- tive of possum. — Predicate Adjective after Complementary Infinitive. — Subject of the Infinitive II5-I17 XLVIII. The Demonstratives iste, idem, ipse . 118-120 XLIX. The Indefinite Pronouns 121-123 L. Reading Lesson : Ciceronis Epistula. — De Vitus Hominum 1 23, 124 LI. Accusative AND Infinitive: Indirect Dis- course. — Future Infinitives. — Tenses of the Infinitive 125-128 LII. Fourth Conjugation : Present, Imperfect, and Future Indicative ; Present and Imper- fect Subjunctive; Present Imperative and Infinitive 128-130 xii CONTENTS. Lbsson Page LIII. Fourth Conjugation: Perfect, Pluperfect, and Future Perfect Indicative ; Perfect and Future Infinitive. — Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing 131-133 LIV. Review of the Four Conjugations . . 134, 135 LV. Derivation 136-138 LVI. Present and Perfect Participles . . . 139-141 LVII. Deponent Verbs : Ablative with Certain Deponents. Colloquium 142-145 LVIII. The Irregular Verbs volo, n51o, malo : Dative with Intransitive Verbs 146-148 LIX. Reading Lesson: Ars Memoriae. — Cerva et VlTIS 149, 150 LX. Cwai-Clauses : Pluperfect Subjunctive. — Nasica ET Ennius 150-152 LXI. Ablative Absolute 1 53-^55 LXII. Reading Lesson : Gallia Pacata . . . . 156, 157 LXI 1 1. Compounds of sum : Dative with Compounds. — Dative of Service. — De Amicitia . . . . 157-160 LXIV. The Verb eo : Expressions of Place. — Abla- tive of Separation. Colloquium 161-165 LXV. Sequence of Tenses : Indirect Questions. — Perfect Subjunctive 166-169 LXVI. The Verbs fero and fio. Colloquium . . 169-172 LXVIL The Subjunctive in Relative Clauses. — Cum. Causal and Concessive 172-174 LXVIII. The Subjunctive in Wishes and Appeals: Future Imperative 175-178 LXlX. Conditional Sentences. — Alexander et Par- MENio 1 78-18 1 LXX. Reading Lesson : Proserpina 182, 183 LXXI. Periphrastic Conjugations: Future Active Participle and Gerundive. — Dative of Agent 184-186 LXXII. Gerund and Gerundive. — Supine. — Tubicen 187-190 Reading Lessons 193-203 Tables of Declension and Conjugation .... 205-238 Vocabularies 239-286 ILLUSTRATIONS. The Young Augustus. Frontispiece. PAGE Arae 8 Tuba 13 Hasta . 15 Carrus 20 Cymba 25 Aratrum Antiquum . 34 Rostra 39 Eques 44 SciPio . ) Hannibal) Gladius 67 POCULUM 69 Arcus 73 Scuta '](^ Navis Pirata .... 79 Navis Longa .... 88 Templum 93 55 PAGE Galeae 97 PiLA 102 SiGNA 105 Denarius 112 Gaius Julius Caesar . 117 CoRNUA 130 Milites Romani . . . 133 Cicero 141 Testudo 148 Calcei 152 Pharetra cum Sagittis 155 CURRUS 160 Vexillum 183 Calcar 186 RoMANUS IN Toga Prae- TEXTA 191 .y THE '•-•>,, FIRST LATIN BOOK. GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION. This introduction, particularly so much of it as relates to pronunciation, may be most profitably used for reference. Pupils catch pronunciation quickly from the lips of the teacher, and, if they make mistakes, are interested in being referred to rules. It is therefore advised that the teacher begin with the Colloquium^ page 5, pronouncing slowly each sentence, the pupils following successively, and then together. 1. Alphabet. — The Latin alphabet has no/ or w. Otherwise it is the same as the English. 2. / does service both as a vowel and as a con- sonant. Before a vowel in the same syllable it has the force of a consonant, and is called i-consonant. 3. Of the consonants The mutes are -P. b, t, d, c, k, g, q. The liquids are 1, m, n, r. The sibilant is s. The double consonants are . . x = <:j or gs^ z = ds. 2 PRONUNCIATION. Sounds OF T^HE Letters, Roman Method. .\ J 4/ '' y \ \J ' f ] r.\ / ' '< Vowels. a as the last ^ in «^^'. a as the first a in aha\ e as in they. e as in w^/. i as in machine. i as in pin. o as in holy. 6 as in wholly. u 1 like tf^ in boot. u like ^t? in foot. 5. Diphthongs. ae like ai in fl/j/cja>uCx)Xm . (;iSr-^^ ^ . 1. Words of two syllables have the accent on the first: tu'-ba, trumpet. 2. Words of more than two syllables have the accent on the penult when the penult is long, otherwise on the antepenult: prae-di'-co, foretell; prae'-di-co, declare ; il-le'-ce-brae, snares ; pa-ter'-nus,^ paternal. 3. Several words, called enclitics, of which the commonest are -ne, the sign of a question, and -que, and, are appended to other words, and such words are then accented on the syllable preceding the -ne or -que : amat'-ne, does he love ? dona'-que, and gifts. 10. English Method of Pronunciation. — By this method the above rules relating to syllables (7) and accent (9) are observed, and words are pro- nounced substantially as in English; but final es is sounded as in English ease, and the final ds (ace. plur.) as in dose. iHere, though the vowel of the penult is short, the syllable is long by 8, 5. PRONUNCIA TION. The following colloquium may be used for practice and to illustrate the preceding statements. See introductory note, page I. 11. Colloquium. Augustus. Quid tibi vis ? What do you wish {for yourself) 1 I should like to take a walk with you. I don't want to ; I prefer to stay at home. Why do you prefer (that) 1 My brother and I had rather take a walk at evening with our father. Why don't you want to roam with me through the woods ? Because we had rather enjoy the pleasantness of evening than the heat of the sun. But often before now you have not wanted to walk with me. What you say is not true; there is no reason why I should not want to walk with you; but since grandfather's garden is quite large, and has a pond and a grove, we had rather play there. If you like, come with us. lulus. Tecum ambulare velim. A. Ego nolo; domi ma- nere malo. /. Cur mavis ? A. Ego et frater vesperi cum patre ambulare malumus. / Ciir mecum per silvas vagari non vultis ? A. Quod vesperi amoeni- tate frui malumus quam soils ardore. I. At iam saepe mecum ambulare n51uisti. A. Non recte dicis; non est causa ciir tecum ambulare nolim; at cum hortus avi satis amplus sit et lacum silvam- que contineat, ibi malumus liidere. Si vis, nobiscum veni. 6 CASES AND GENDER. 12. Cases. I . The names of the cases in Latin are : nomina- tive^ genitive, dative, accusative, ablative, vocative, locative. Their characteristics of form, meaning, and use are illustrated in the paradigms and exer- cises which follow. 13. Gender. — The gender of Latin nouns is determined partly, as in English, by the meaning, but much oftener by the termination. 1. Nouns denoting males, and names of rivers, winds, and months, are masculine : a.gricolSif farmer ; Cicero, Cicero; Padus, Po ; aquilo, north wind; lanuarius, January. 2. Nouns denoting females, and names of coun- tries, towns, islands, and trees, 2iXQ femijiine : regina, qtieen ; Tullia, Tullia ; Afvica., Africa ; RomSLyRome; Sicilia, Sicily; pirus, pear-tree. It is assumed that the learner knows the names and functions of the parts of speech in English, and the meanings of the common grammatical terms, such as subject and predi- cate, case^ mood, tense, voice, declension, conjugation, etc. So much knowledge is absolutely essential for entering upon the study of the following lessons. FIRST DECLENSION. 7 LESSON I. First Declension. The StemI ends in a. Gender. The gender is feminine ; but see 13, i . Nominative Singular and Plural. 14. Models, singular. plural. mensa, table. mensae, tables. puella, girl. puellae, girls. hasta, spear. hastae, spears. a. How does the plural of the Latin noun differ from the singular? Form the plural of the adjectives below in the same way. 15. Vocabulary. NOUNS. ADJECTIVES. columba, f. dove. alba, white. dea, f . goddess. bona, good. filia, f. daughter. lata, wide., broad. hasta, f. spear., P- I5- longa, long. mensa, f. table. parva, small. Miisa, f. Muse. tua, your., yours (247, a). puella, f . girl. via, f. road., street. VERBS. ADVERBS. est, {he., she., it^ is. ubi, where. sunt, {they) are. -ne, sign of a question (9, 3). 1 The stem is the common base to express the relation of the to which certain letters are added word to other words. 8 FIRST DECLENSION. 16. Model Sentences. 1 . Columba est alba, the dove is white. 2. Columbae sunt albae, doves are white. 3. Estne tua filia parva ? is your daughter small? 4. Ubi sunt longae hastae ? where are the long spears f a. Observe that the adjectives in the above sentences agree with their nouns in number. b. In Latin there is no article : mensa may be translated, a table^ the table^ or table. 17. I. Via est longa. 2. Viae sunt longae. 3. Puella est parva. 4. Puellae sunt parvae. 5. Hastae sunt longae. 6. Mensa est lata. 7. Deae siint bonae. 8. Musa est bona. 9. Ubi est filia bona ? 10. Suntne columbae parvae.? 11. Estne via lata.** 12. Longa via est bona. 13. Longae viae sunt bonae. 14. Suntne longae viae latae 1 18. I. Where is the little girl.? 2. Where are the little girls ? 3. Are the girls small 1 4. Are the goddesses good? 5. The broad street is long. 6. The white dove is small. 7. The daughters are good. 8. Is the spear a good one^? 9. Is the spear long.? 10. Are the spears long? II. The tables are long and broad. 1 Omit. Arae. FIRST DECLENSION, LESSON II. First Declension. — Continued. Nominative and Accusative. 19. SINGULAR. N. tuba, a tru7npet. G. tubae, of a trumpet. D. tubae, to ox for a trumpet Ac. tubam, a trumpet. Ab. tuba, with a trumpet. Paradigm. PLURAL. N. tubae, trumpets. G. tubaniin, of trumpets. D. tubis, to ox for trumpets. Ac. tubas, trumpets. Ab. tubis, with trumpets. a. Terminations, printed in the paradigm in blacker type, consist of case endings joined with the final letter of the stem. But sometimes the final letter of the stem is lost, and sometimes the case ending. b. Decline the adjectives below like the nouns. 20. NOUNS. ara, f. altar. Minerva, 1 f. Minerva. pecunia, f. 7noney. poeta, ra. poet (13, i). regina, f. queen. rosa, f. rose. tuba, f. trumpet^ p. 13 Vocabulary. ADJECTIVES. grata, pleasing., acceptable. mea, my, mine. pulchra, beautiful. et, conj. and. quid, pron. what? amat, {he., she., it) loves. dat, (he, she, it) gives. amant, {they) love. dant, {they) give. habet, {he, she, it) has. laudat, {he, she, it) praises. habent, {they) have. laudant, {they) praise. a. How does the plural of the verb forms differ from the singular ? ^ No plural. 10 FIRST DECLENSION. 21. Model Sentences, 1 . Minerva aram habet, Minerva has an altar. 2. Poeta tuam filiam laudat, the poet praises your daughter. 3. Quid habent Minerva et Musae? what have Minerva and the Muses ? 4. Pecuniam meam habent, they have my money. a. Observe the adjectives tuam and meam. They agree with their nouns in case as well as in number. b. Observe the order of the words in each Latin sentence, and compare it with the order in English. c. Observe the cases. To what case in English does the accusative in these sentences correspond? d. When the subject of the verb is not expressed, the ending of the verb shows the person and number of the omitted subject. 22. Rule. — The subject of a finite^ verb is in the nominative. 23. Rule. — The direct object of a transitive verb is in the accuisative. 24. I . Tua pecunia est grata. 2. Quid habent poetae? 3. Meae filiae rosas albas dant. 4. Datne dea bona pulchram tubam? 5. Puellae pulchrae columbas amant. 6. Minerva et Musae aras habent. 7. Poeta amat columbam parvam. 8. Hastas longas laudat. 9. Pul- chras puellas laudant. 10. Ubi sunt tuae tubae ? 25. I. They praise the broad streets. 2. The beauti- ful queen has a beautiful rose. 3. Where is the queen and where is the poet ? 4. He gives a spear and a 1 That is, in any mood except the infinitive. FIRST DECLENSION. 11 trumpet. 5. Your spear is a long one,^ 6. They have money. 7. What has Minerva .^ 8. Minerva has a spear. 9. Has the goddess a beautiful altar.? 10. Are the tables pleasing 1 26. Colloquium. Estne via lata 1 Certe {certainly)^ via est lata et longa. Quid habet puella parva ? Puella parva rosam albam habet. Laudantne bonam reginam ? Reginam laudant et amant. Ubi est mea filia parva ? Tua filia est in (/«) via. LESSON III. First Declension. — Continued. Dative. 27. Model Sentences. 1 . Poeta reginae rosam dat, the poet gives a rose to the queen; or, the poet gives the qiceen a rose. 2. Colmnba alba est puellae, there is a white dove to the girl; that is, the girl has a white dove. 3. Pecunia poetae grata est, money is acceptable to the poet. a. Observe in the first sentence that the direct object of dat is rosam. What the poet gives is a rose ; the person to who?n he gives is reginae, representing the indirect object. ^, 28. Rule. — The indirect object is put in the dative. b. Observe now the second sentence. The meaning is exactly the same as if it were puella habet columbam. The dative thus used is called the dative of the possessor, or the possessive dative. 1 Omit. 12 7^/^6T DECLENSION. W^Xj^*^ ^ 29. Rule. — The dative is used with est, sunt, etc., forms of the verb sum {516), to denote pos- session, the thing possessedrbeing the subject. c. The third sentence illustrates a use of the dative with adjectives. 30. Vocabulary. NOUNS. VERBS. agricola, vs\. farmer. erat, was. Britannia, f. Britain. erant, were. x \ ^^^ fabiila, f. story. narrat, tells. \A \v vr^VwJ" Galba, m. Galba. narrant, tell. « ^ 'V ^^^ luna, f. moon. placet, pleases, ).,,.. ., r . , \ With dative, silva, I. forest. placent, please, ) ADJECTIVES. in, prep, with abl., in, on. cara, dear. >uJ"lXi%- iJ Qui , grata est = placet, nova, new. gratae sunt = placent Follow the Latin order in the first rendering of Latin sen- tences into English. That will aid you in making out the meaning ; you can then translate into good English. 31. I. Agricolae est filia. 2. Agricola filiam habet. 3. Poeta reginae narrat fabulam. 4. Fabula reginae est grata. 5. Fabula reginae placet. 6. Parvae puellae agri- cola dat rosam. 7. Tubae parvis puellis placent. 8. In Britannia erant longae viae. 9. Galba et poeta in silva erant. 10. Luna nova erat agricolae grata. 32. Note the arrangement of words in the preceding exer- cise. a. In a Latin sentence the subject is oftener placed first than elsewhere, and the verb (except est and sunt) oftener comes last than elsewher^. \ Vsnn. kV FIRST DECLENSION. 13 ^. If the subject seems to be more emphatic than any other word, it should be placed first. c. Of two words that go together, as an adjective and a noun, the more emphatic comes first. The adjective oftener precedes. ^. It follows that there is great freedom in the arrangement of words in a Latin sentence ; but the order must have a meaning. Do not arrange your words at haphazard. 33. Examine these three forms of the fifth sentence of 31 and the translation : — 1 . Fabula reginae placet, the story {not the poem) pleases the queen. 2. Reginae placet fabula, the story pleases the queen {not the king). 3. Placet fabula reginae, the story pleases {not grieves) the queen. 34. i.^ Galba has a daughter. 2. The daughter tells the poet^ a story. 3. On .the altar there ^ was a rose. 4. The new moon pleases^ the farmer.'* 5. The Muses were dear to Minerva. 6. My daughters give the farmer some' money. 7. And the farmers give my daughters* pretty roses. 8. What has the queen ? 9. The altars please ^ the goddesses.* 1 Translate in two ways. 2 Not the ace. Look out for other examples. » Omit. * Dative. 5 Dea and filia have Sbus in the dative and ablative plural : deabus, filiabus. Tuba. (V, 14 FIRST DECLENSION. LESSON IV. First Declension. — Continued. Genitive. Predicate Nominative. 35. Model Sentences. 1 . Vesta erat dea Romae, Vesta was a goddess of Rome. 2. Victoria est Britanniae regina, Victoria is queen of Britain. 3. Cara deae est ara Musae, dear to the goddess is the Muse''s altar. 4. Filia agricolae rosam dat poetae, the farmer^ s daughter gives a rose to the poet. a. Point out the genitive in each of the above sentences, and tell what word it limits. 36. Rule. — A noun used to limit or define another, and not meaning the same person or thing, is put in the genitive. b. Examine the first two sentences. Dea denotes the same person as Vesta the subject ; regina the same as the subject Victoria. Nouns thus used with est and similar verbs are called predicate nouns. 37. Rule. — A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. 38. Vocabulary. Europa, f . Europe. Vesta, f . Vesta (a goddess'). fera, f . wild beast. Victoria, f. Victoria. Gallia, f. Gaul. Graecia, f . Greece. magna, adj. great. Helvetia, f. Helvetia. quis, pron. who ? insula, f. island. hodie, adv. to-day. itaUa, f. Italy. ^^ adv. not. Roma, f. Rome. ^^et, verb, sees. terra, f. land, country. vident, verb, see. FIRST DECLENSION. 15 39. I. Helvetia erat terra Galliae. 2. Gallia erat Europae terra. 3. Italia est Europae magna terra. 4. Vesta et Minerva deae erant Romae. 5. Nonne^ pul-. chrae erant Vestae et Minervae arae? 6. Ubi sunt hodie Graeciae deae.? 7. Graecia erat terra Musarum. 8. Nonne sunt puellarum rosae magnae ? 9. Britannia est Europae insula. 10. Quis vias Britanniae non laudat } a. In which sentences does the genitive precede the word which it limits ? Account for its position. 40. I. Italy and Greece are countries of Europe. 2. The roads of Greece are not wide and long. 3. Are the roads of the island long ? 4. Who sees my daughters t 5. The queen sees the farmers' daughters. )6. She gives the beautiful girl money. 7. Galba has a trmnpet. 8. Who sees wild beasts in Italy to-day ? 9. They see the new moon. 10. Dear to the poet are the farmer's woods. 41. Colloquium. Estne hodie in Britannia regina ? Certe, Victoria est regina in Britannia. Filias habetne regina ? Filias habet regina. Ubi sunt ferae magnae ? Sunt in Africa et in Asia. Nonne sunt ferae in Europa ? Non sunt magnae ferae. Quid puellis placet ? Rosae albae placent puellis. ^ Nonne expects the answer ^.fj. -0^= — == ==^ — =^ Hasta. 16 SECOND DECLENSION. LESSON V. Second Declension. The Stem ends in 6. Apposition. 42. Gender. — Nouns of the second declension ending in um are neuter ; most others are masculine. But see 13, 2. 3. Paradigms. Hortus, garden. Donum, gift. SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. hortus horti N. donum dona G. horti hortorum G. d5ni donorum D. horto hortis D. dono donis Ac. hortum hortos Ac. donum dona Ab. horto H- hortis Ab. d5no donis a. The vocative singular of nouns in -us of the second declension has a special form in /: horte. The vocative of other nouns is the same in form as the nominative. b. The vocative is the case of address: Marce, Marcus. c. What cases of hortus are alike in the singular ? What in the plural 1 What case of the singular is like a plural case ? What cases of the plural have endings like those of tuba (19) ? 44. Paradigm illustrating Apposition. N. Marcus amicus, Marcus^ a friend. G. Marci amici, of Marcus^ a friend.. D. Marco amico, to Marcus., a friend. Ac. Marcum amicum, Marcus^ a friend. Ab. a Marco amico, by Marcus., a friend. V. Marce, amice, Marcus^ (my) friend. SECOND DECLENSION. 1^ a. When a descriptive noun is joined to another, meaning the same person or thing, as amicus to Marcus, it is called an appositive. 45. Rule. — An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it limits. (J%n.v^ a. Read again the first two model sentences of Lesson IV. You will see that the predicate nominative resembles an appositive. Wherein do they differ ? 46. Vocabulary. amicus, -i, m. friend. donum, -i, n. gift. cibus, -i, m. food. frumentum, -i, n. grain. dominus, -i, m. lord, master. pil.\iai,-i,n.javelin,p.io2. equus, -i, m. horse. poculum, -i, n. cup, p. 69. hortus, -i, m. garden. vinum, -i, n. wine. inimicus, -i, m. enemy. delectat, delights. nauta, -ae, m. sailor. delectant, delight. 47. I. Marcus amicus est domini. 2. Marcus, agri- colae amicus, erat nauta. 3. Puella poculum, donum amici, habet. 4. Equi erant Galbae, agricolae. 5. Do- num delectat poetam, reginae amicum. 6. Agricolae frumentum equis dant. 7. Cibus equorum est fru- mentum. 8. In poculo est vinum. 9. Columba grata est poetae, Marci amico. 10. Ubi erant tubae et pila, dona amicorum ? 11. In Helvetia, Galliae terra, erant silvae magnae. 12. Marce, amice, quid est in poculo nautae? 13. Nauta vinum in poculo habet. 48. I. Where are the farmer's friends to-day? 2. Who sees wild beasts in Italy, a country of Europe ? 3. Do the javelins and the cups delight the enemies ? 4. They 18 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS, tell Marcus, the sailor, a new story. 5. Marcus praises the good story. 6. To the maiden, daughter of the master, he gives a white rose. 7. The rose was the gift of a friend. 8. Friend, the little girl, your daughter, is in the garden. 9.* Do not^ the maidens love the farmer's garden 1 10. The enemies of the farmers are in the forests of the island. LESSON VI. First and Second Declensions. Agreement of Adjectives. 49. Adjectives of the first and second declensions have three terminations to mark the different gen- ders : bonus, masculine ; bona, feminine ; bonum, neuter. The masculine is declined like hortus, the feminine like tuba, and the neuter like donum. a. For the full declension of bonus, see 500. 50. Model Sentences. I. Hortus est magnus. 5. Hastam longam habet. ' 2. Horti Biint magnl. 6. Hastas longas habent. 3. Donum est gratum. 7. Agricola est bonus. 4. Dona sunt grata. 8. Agricolae sunt boni a. Adjectives are used in six of the above sentences, as in the first lesson, after est and sunt. So used, they are called predicate adjectives. Compare predicate nouns (35). 1 See p. 1 5, note i . FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 19 51. Paradigm. Nauta bonus, good sailor. N. nauta bonus nautae boni G. nautae boni nautarum bonorum D. nautae bono nautis bonis Ac. nautam bonum nautas bonos Ab. nauta bono nautis bonis 52. In the first six of the model sentences, an adjective qualifying a noun has the same termination as its noun. But observe 7 and 8 and the paradigm nauta bonus. 53. Rule. — Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, nitmhcr, and case. a. Decline agricola validus, strong farmer j gratus poeta, pleasing poet. 54. Vocabulary. carrus, -i, m. wagon, pt 20. clarus, -a, -xun, famous. incola, -ae, m. inhabitant. multus, -a, -um, tnuch. oppidum, -i, n. town. multi (pi. of multus). -ae, -a, remus, -i, m. oar. many. servus, -i, m. slave, servant. peritus, -a, -lun, skilful. ventus, -i, m. wind. validus, -a, -um, strong. portat, bears, carries. in, prep, with ace, iiito. portant, bear, carry. ADJECTIVES ALREADY USED IN THE FEMININE. aibus, -a, -um, white. longus, -a, -um, long. bonus, -a, -tun, good. magnus, -a, -um, large. cams, -a, -um, dear. mens, -a, -um, my, mine. gratus, -a, -um, pleasing. novus, -a, -um, new. latus, -a, -mn, wide. parvus, -a, -um, small' tuus, -a, -um, thy, thine, your, yours. 20 FIRST AND SECOND DECLENSIONS. 55. I. Nonne agricola bonus hortum bonum habet? 2. Agricolae bono est hprtus magnus. 3. Marcus filiae dat pocula, pulchra dona. 4. Nautae perito sunt remi magni. 5. Carri agricolarum erant validi. 6. Magni venti nautis non sunt grati. 7. Poeta clarus Musis placet. 8. Equi domini frumentum in oppida portant. 9. Multi horti in oppido sunt. 10. Multum cibum in oppidum portant equi et servi. 56. I. Galba is a sturdy^ farmer. 2. He has much grain, a food pleasant to horses. 3. His^ horses carry their ^ master into town. 4. The inhabitants of the town see Galba and the horses. 5. Marcus, where is your slave to-day? 6. He is in the garden. 7. And is telling^ the little girl'* a story. 8. The pleasing tale^ delights the girl. 9. Where is the garden, Marcus, my^ dear friend? 10. It is in Britain, the land of skilful sailors. 11. Are the inhabitants of Britain sailors ? ^ Occasionally words occur in will generally understand what the English exercises which are Latin word is meant, purposely not given as definitions ^ Omit. '^ Tells, in the vocabularies, but the pupil * Not accusative. CARRU8. Sing. Plu. N. puer pueri G. pueri puerorum D. puero pueris Ac. . pueram pueros Ab. , puero pueris SECOND DECLENSION. 21 LESSON VII. Second Declension. — Continued. 57. Paradigms. Puer. boy; Ager, Jieldj Vir, man. Sing. Plu. Sing. Plu. ager agri vir viri agri agrormn viri virorum agro agris vir5 viris agrum agros virum viros agro agris viro viris a. Observe that the endings of puer and ager are everywhere the same. But puer keeps the e of the nominative ; ager drops it, except in the nominative. 58. Most nouns and adjectives in -er of the second declension are declined like ager; that is, they drop the e of the nominative. 59. Nouns in -ius and -ium contract the genitive ending ii to i : consilium, gen. consi'li, advice^ plan. Filius, son, and proper names in -ius contract -ie in the vocative to i : f ili, {my) son ; Mercu'ri, Mercury. But the place of the accent is not changed. See 495. 60. Model Sentences. 1. Puer fflius est viri, the boy is the fnan's son. 2. Vir fiUo dat consilium, the man gives his son advice. 3. Galbae, agricolae, sunt agri multi, Galba, the farmer, has many fields. 4. Fili, estne poeta Musae cams? my son, is the poet dear to the Muse? 22 SECOND DECLENSION. a. The first sentence illustrates the genitive and the predi- cate no?ninative. What does each of the other sentences illustrate ? 61. Vocabulary. ager, agri, va. field. vir, viri, m. man. consilium, -i, n. advice^ plan. Cornelia, -ae, f. Cor tie Ha. aeger, aegra, aegrum, sick. filius, -i, m. son. niger, nigra, nignun, black. liber, -bri, m. book. pulcher, pulchra, pulchnim, liberi,! -onim (pi.), m. children. beautiful, pretty. magister, -tri, m. master. liber, -era, -Qr^xca., free. puer, -eri, m. boy. miser, -era, -enmi, wretched. Sextus, -i, m. Sextus. nam, conj. for. dominus, master of a household or slaves. magister, a superior, director; hence, master of a school. pueri, general word for children. liberi, children of free parents. 62. I. Libri pueri sunt in mensa. 2. Consilium virorum clarorum erat bonum. 3. Sexti liberi sunt aegri. 4. Cornelia, poetae filia, libros habet pulchros. 5. Servus miser non multum cibum habet. 1 6. Incolae liberi oppi- dum liberum habent. 7. Nigri equi agricolarum in agris sunt. 8. Quis habet carros validos et equos nigros ? 9. Nonne est aegro nautae cara pecunia .? 10. Estne Corneliae vinum parvo^ in poculo ? ^ ^ The plural of the adjective is often the order, where, as used as a noun. here, the three are combined. * Adjective, preposition, noun, What is the English order ? THE VERB SUM. 23 63. I. The book is pleasing to the master. 2. The poet's books are pleasing to the master's son. 3. The poor slave has a long spear. 4. Sextus gives the sick boy a beautiful book. 5. The oar and the javelin please the skilful man.^ 6. The son of Sextus is dear to Galba, the farmer. 7. The black boy is a servant of the free man. 8. They praise the farmer's black horse. 9. For it carries the sick girl into the town. 10. And many inhabitants of the town tell their children ^ the story. LESSON VIII. The Verb sum. Agreement of Verbs. 64. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive of sum (516). 65. I. Est, erat, erit. 2. Sunt, erant, erunt. 3. Sumus, eramus, erimus. 4. Sum, eram, ero. 5. Es, eras, eris. 6. Estis, eratis, eritis. 7. Es, este, esse. a. In the preceding lessons verb forms have been used only in the third person : est, erat for the singular ; sunt, erant for the plural. The forms in the exercise above show that the end- ing changes to denote person as well as number. The first and second persons as subjects are not commonly expressed. Rule. — A finite verb agrees with its subject in number and person. 1 See 33. 2 See 56, note 4. 24 THE VERB SUM. 66. I. I am, we are. 2. I was, we were. 3. I shall be, we shall be. 4. He b, they are. 5. He was, they were. 6. He will be, they will be. 7. You are, you were. 8. You will be. 9. Be thou, be you, 10. To be. 67. Vocabulary. aqua, -ae, f. water. statua, -ae, f. statue, aunim, -i, vs.. gold. deus, -i, m. god (499). aureus, -a, -um, goldefi. Mercurius, -i, m. Mercury (59). defessus, -a, -um, tired^ very nuntius, -i, m. messenger (59). tired. scutum, -i, n. shield., p. 76. vocat, calls, sumfnons. somnus, -i, m. sleep. vocant, call., summon. 68. I. Amicus Mercu'ri ero. 2. Nam Mercurius nuntius erat deorum. 3. Servus est inimicus pulchri Mercuri. 4. Tu (thou), O miser serve, es Minervae inimicus. 5. Amici Mercuri nunti erimus. 6. Tu (thou), O puer, agricolae validi es filius. 7. Pueri boni, este hodie amici miseri equi. 8. Somnus puero erit gratus. 9. Liberi magistri defessi erunt. 10. Minervae in oppido erat ara. 11. Defesso equo grata est aqua. 12. Nuntius incolas vocat oppidi. 69. I. Minerva had^ a golden statue. 2. There was gold on the statue of Minerva. 3. Who has a golden shield.^ 4. Was not** Mercury messenger of the gods? 5. A girl gives a sick sailor some^ wine and water. 6. The wine she carries in a pretty cup. 7. He praises the pretty cup and the wine. 8. The water he does not care for. 9. The maiden and the sailor were inhabitants ^ Use a form of sum. ^ N5mie. ^ Omit. COLLOQUIUM. 25 of Britain. lo. Britain is a large island and has many towns and fields. 70. Colloquium. Duo PUERl. two Ubi est Carolus hodie 1 Nonne est in schola } Charles school Minime. Est in fluvio ; nam habet cymbam parvam, By no means river boat et libenter navigat. gladly sails = likes sailing Unde Carolo est cymba t (Where did Charles get a boat ?) whence Ab avunculo, nam avunculus Carolum amat. from uncle Quid in cymba portat Carolus ? Nescio ; sine dubio cibum et poculum ; nam in I don't know without doubt animd habet . . . mind Quid in animo habet ? Vale, bone amice, eras patebit. good-by to-morrow it will be open = the secret will be out Cymba. 26 FIRST CONJUGATION. LESSON IX. First Conjugation. — A-Verbs. Amo (stem ama), love. Principal Parts r^ amo, Hove ;'^ amare, to love; ^xoik^x^ I loved ;^ amatus, loved. 71. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, and the present imperative and infinitive, active and passive, of am5 (511). 72. I. Amat, amabat, amabit. 2. Amatur, amabatur, amabitur. 3. Amant, amabant, amabunt. 4. Amantur, amabantur, amabuntur. 5. Amo, amabam, amabo. 6. Amor, amabar, amabor. 7. Amamus, amamur. 8. Amabamus, amabamur. 9. Amabimus, amabimur. 10. Ama, amare. 11. Amate, amamini. 12. Amare, amari. a. Notice how frequently r and ur mark forms as passive. 73. Like amo, inflect in the same moods and tenses the following : delecto delectare delectavi delectatus, delight. laudo laudare laudavi laudatus, /r«/j^. narro narrare narravi narratus, tell. porto portare portavi portatus, carry. a. The stem is found by dropping re of the infinitive. 1 The present indicative, the conjugations are distinguished by present infinitive, the perfect in- the vowel before -re in the present dicative, and the perfeclpaf ticiple infinitive active. See 337. 'are called, from their impor- '^KX^.o do love, am loving. tance, the principal parts. The * Also have loved. FIRST CONJUGATION. 27 74. I. He praises, he is praised. 2. He was praising, he was praised. 3. He will praise, he will be praised. 4. They are praising, they are praised. 5. They were praising, they were praised. 6. They will be praising, they will be praised. 7. To praise, to be praised. 8. Praise (sing.), praise (pi). 9. They do praise, they will praise. LESSON X. Ablative of Agent. 75. Model Sentences. 1 . Regina agricolam laudat, the queen praises the farjner. 2. Agricola a (or ab) regina laudatur, the farmer is praised by the queen. a. Observe the changes in turning the active into the passive. The object of the active becomes the subject of the passive ; the subject (that is, the doer or agent) of the active is expressed with the passive by the ablative with a or ab. 76. Rule. — TJie agent with a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab. a. Ab is used before vowels or h, a or ab before consonants. 77. I. Vir peritum puerum laudat. 2. Puer peritus a viro laudatur. 3. Galba Marcum amicum amabat. 4. Marcus a Galba amabatur. 5. M agister fabulam claram liberis narrabit. 6. Fabula clara liberis a magistro narrabitur. 7. Miseri servi dominum amabunt. 8. A servis miseris amabitur dominus. 9. Equus niger mul- 28 FIRST conjugation: turn frumentum et aquam in oppidum portat. lo. Fru- mentum in oppidum ab servo nigro portatur. ii. Nunti consilium narrabatur a Galba. 12. Narratne Galba nunti consilia ? 78. I. Sextus loves the boy, his son. 2. The boy is called by Sextus. 3. The statues of the gods were praised by the free man. 4. The free man was praising the statues of the gods. 5. The tired messenger was carrying a golden shield. 6. A golden shield was carried by the messenger. 7. We shall tell a story to the inhabitants of the island. 8. Shall you carry javelins into the forest ? 79. Colloquium. Pater et FTliolus. Father and Little Son. P. Quae, filiole, hodie in schola tractabantur ? what little son were discussed I^. Tractabantur casus ablatlvus et verbum amo. case word. P. Quid significat Anglice verbum amo? means in English F. Verbum amo significat love. P. De ablativo quoque mihi narra. about also me F. Regulam de ablativo tibi narrabo. rule you I will tell P. Regulamne tibi dedit magister ? did give F. Certe, regulam de ablativo agentis. Ante abla- certamly of the agent before tivum agentis semper praepositio a vel ab ponitur. preposition or is placed P. Optime, mi puer ; tibi erit rubrum malum. well dooe my red apple THE VERB SUM. 29 LESSON XI. The Verb sum, — Continued. The Instrumental Ablative. 80. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica- tive, and the perfect infinitive of sum (516). 81. I. Fuit, fuerat, fuerit. 2. Fuerunt, fuerant, fuerint. 3. Fuimus, fueramus, fuerimus. 4. Fuero, fueram, fui. 5. Fueras, fueris, fuisti. 6. Fuistis, fueritis, fueratis. 7. Esse, fuisse. 82. I. He has been, they have been. 2. He had been, they had been. 3. He will have been, they will have been. 4. To have been, to be. 83. Model Sentences. 1 . Nauta vento et remis portatur, the sailor is borne by wind and oars. 2. Viri tuba vocabantur aurea, the men were summoned by a golden trumpet. 3. Agri ab agricola aratro novo arantur, the fields are ploughed by a farmer with his new plough. a. Observe that the ablatives vento, remis, tuba, and aratro answer the questions by what? with what? by means of what? The ablative thus used is called the ablative of instrument or means. 84. Rule. — The ablative is used to denote the means or instrument of an action. 30 THE VERB SUM. b. The third sentence illustrates the difference between the ablative of the agent and the ablative of means. How are they differently expressed in Latin ? (See 76.) 85. Vocabulary. aratxum, -i, n. plough, p. 34. Graecus, -i, m. a Greek. arma, -onim, n. (pi.) arms. Romanus, -i, m. a Rotnan. bellvun, -i, n. war. sagitta, -ae, f. arrow, p. 155. gladius, -i, m. sword, p. d^j. templum, -i, n. temple, p. 93. appello, appellare, appellavi, appellatua, name, call. aro, arare, aravi, aratus, plough. fugo, fugare, fugavi, fugatus, ^«/ to flight, rout. omo, ornare, ornavi, omatus, adorn, deck. supero, superare, superavi, superatus, overcome, outdo. vulnero, vulnerare, vulneravi, vulneratus, wound. 86. I. Servus fuerat vir liber. 2. Galbae {dative) fuerant equi et carri. 3. Nova liina fuit pulchra. 4. In insula fuerant multae silvae. 5. Nonne ager aratro a viro arabitur? 6. Inimicus gladio et sagittis vulneratur. 7. Viri equos hastis et sagittis in bello vulnerabant. P' 8. Minervae statua auro ornabatur. 9. Poetae aegro somnus erit gratus in horto. 10. Romani oppidum appellabant Romam.^ 11. A Romanis oppidum ap- pellabatur Roma.'^ 12. Graeci non amabant Romanos. 13. Romani a Graecis non amabantur. 14. Romani Grae- cos in bello armis fugabant et superabant. 15. Graeci Romanorum armis fugabantur. 87. I. Where have we been? 2. Marcus, the friend of Galba, had been a sailor. 3. Fields are ploughed 1 Predicate accusative. * Predicate nominative. FIRST CONJUGATION. 31 by farmers with ploughs and horses. 4. The pretty girl decked the cup with roses. 5. Was not the cup decked with roses by the pretty girl t 6. Arrows and spears are the arms of the slaves. 7. With swords and arrows we shall overcome the men. LESSON XII. First Conjugation. — Continued. Ablative of Manner. 88. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indica- tive, and the perfect infinitive, active and passive, of amo (511). 89. The compound forms of the passive are made by combining forms of sum with the perfect passive participle. The participle (declined like bonus), agrees in gender and number with the subject : amata est, she was loved; amatum est, it was loved; amati sunt, they (masc.) were loved. 90. I. Amavit, amaverat, amaverit. 2. Amatus est, amatus erat, amatus erit. 3. Amaverunt, amaverant, amaverint. 4. Amavi, amatus sum. 5. Amaveramus, amati eramus. 6. Amave'rimus, amati erimus. 7. Ama- visse, amatus esse. 91.. I. He has been praised, had been praised, will have been praised. 2. They have been praised, had 32 FIRST CONJUGATION. been praised, will have been praised. 3. We (masc.) have been praised, had been praised, shall have been praised. 4. We (fern.) have been praised, had been jiraised, shall have been praised. 92. Model Sentences. 1 . Agricola agmm cum cura arat, the farmer ploughs his field with care {carefully'). 2. Agricola agmm magna cmn cura arat, the farmer ploughs his field with great care. 3. Agricola agnmi magna cura arat, the farmer ploughs his field with great care. a. Observe how manner is expressed in the above Latin sentences: (i) cum cura; (2) magna cum cura; (3) magna Clira. In Latin as in English the manner of an action may be expressed by an adverb : fideliter, faithfully. 93. Rule. — The manner of an action is denoted by the ablative, usually with cum; but cum jnay be omitted if an adjective is used with the ablative. 94. Vocabulary. audacia, -ae, f. darings bold- studium, -i, n. zeal^ eager- ness, ness (59). cura, -ae, f. care. vicinus, -i, m, neighbor. diligentia, -ae, f. industry. piger, pigra, pigrum, lazy. Z2Mdl\xm,-\rv. joy, gladness {^^). cum, prep, with abl., with. patientia, -ae, f. patience. sed, conj., but. aediiico, aedificare, aedificavi, aediiicatus, build agito, agitare, agitavi, agitatus, chase, drive. laboro, laborare, laboravi, laboratus, toil, suffer. pugno, pugnare, pugnavi, pugnatu8,yf^^/. w^v/^^*- READING LESSON. 33 95. I. Romani magna cum audacia in bello pugnSv^- runt. 2. Oppida multa in Italia aedificaverunt. 3. Cum cura a Romanis aedificata sunt oppida. 4. Curae somnum fugaverant. 5. Puer piger equumpigrum agitavit, 6. Servi miseri magna patientia laboraverant. 7. Multo cum stu- dio a viris agitatae erant ferae. 8. Vir bonus laborat cum diligentia et cura. 9. Magno gaudio novos libros hodie vident pueri. 10. Rosis ornata erat puella. 96. I. The inhabitants were eagerly^ building a temple. 2. A temple had been built zealously by the inhabitants. 3. The boys toiled industriously and patiently. 4. The Greeks had fought daringly, but were overwhelmed by their neighbors. 5. The sick children were borne care- fully into the temple. 6. Joyfully they see the altar of the goddess. 7. The altar had been adorned with roses. 8. On the altar there was a golden cup, the gift of a sick man. LESSON XIII. 97. Reading Lesson. The Romans and the Sabines. Roma, pulchrum Italiae oppidum, a Romulo aedi- ficata est. Incolae Romae igitur ^ appellati sunt Romani. Valid! viri erant Romani et patriam maxime amabant. Saepe cum Sabinis, vicinis, pugnabant pro patria et saepe armis in bello superabant. Olim victoria diu erat dubia. Nam Sabini arma bona habebant,' et pilis longis 1 With eagerness. placed after one or more words ^ Igitur is postpositivey that is, is in a sentence. * Had. 34 READING LESSON. magna cum audacia pugnaverunt. Sed fugati sunt S Romanis et multi sagittis sunt vulnerati. Cara Romanis erat victoria. 98. I. Tell the story, boys, to the master. 2. The boys told the story to the master. 3. Romulus built a fine town in Italy. 4. He called the inhabitants Ro- mans. 5. The Sabines were neighbors of the Romans. 6. And they often fought with Romulus and the Romans. 7. Once they fought a long time with swords and spears. 8. The victory was doubtful, but the Romans wounded and put many to flight. * 99. Vocabulary. diu, adv. for a long time, patria, -ae, f. country. long. pro, prep, with abl., in behalf dubius, -a, -um, doubtful. of for. Igitur, coni, therefore. Romulus, -i, m. Romulus. mazime, adv. especially. Sabini, -orum, m. the Sabines, olim, adv. once upon a time, saepe, adv. often. once,forfnerly. victoria, -ae, f. victory. Aratrum Antiquum. Nudus ara, sere nudus. — Vergil. THE DEMONSTRATIVES HIC AND ILLE. 35 LESSON XIV. The Demonstratives hie and ille. 100. Paradigms. hie, this. me, thai. SINGULAR. N. hie haee hoe N. ille ilia illud G. huius hiiiuB huius G. iUius illiuB illiuB D. huic huie huie D. illi illi illi Ac. hunc hane hoe Ac. ilium illam illud Ab. hoc hae hpe Ab. illo ilia illo PLURAL. N. hi hae haee N. illi illae ilia G. horum hanim horum G. illonim illarum illorum D. his his his D. illis illis illis Ac. hos has haee Ac. illos illas ilia Ab. his his his Ab. illis illis illis a. See how closely the plural forms correspond to those of nouns of the first and second declensions. What resemblances do you discover in the singular? b. Hie is appHed to what is near the speaker in place, timg, or thought, and hence may be called the demonstrative of the first person : hie equus, this horse {near me or belonging to 7ne^. c. Ille is applied to what is relatively remote from the speaker in place, time, or thought, and hence may be called the demonstrative of the third person : ille equus, that horse {yonder). d. Ille, agreeing with a noun and commonly placed after it, sometimes means that well-known, that famous. 36 THE DEMONSTRATIVES HIC AND ILLE. e. Hie and ille are sometimes used without a noun, in con- trast : hie, the latter; ille, the foriner. f. The forms of hie and ille sometimes mean he^ she, it. 101. Model Sentences. 1. Hie puer est laetus, ilia puella est maesta, this boy is merry, that girl is sad. 2. Dominus' et servus sunt amici; ille est albus, hie niger, the master and the servant are friends; the former is white, the latter black. 3. Hoe doniim deae est gratum, illud deo, this gift is pleasing to the goddess, that one to the god. a. From the above remarks and model sentences it is plain that hie and ille have two distinct uses: (i) as adjectives in agreement with nouns ; (2) alone, as pronouns. They are, therefore, sometimes demonstrative adjectives, sometimes demonstrative pronouns. 102. Vocabulary. Aedui, -onim, m. the Aeduans. laetus, -a, -um, glad. femina, -ae, f. woman. maestus, -a, -um, sad. habits, -are, -avi, -atus, in- nune, adv. now. habit, live. pugna, -ae, f. battle. Helvetii, -orum, m. (pi.) the -que, conj. and (9, 3). Helvetians. turn, adv. then. 103. I. Aedui et Helvetii in terra Gallia^ olim habi- tabant. 2. Illi fuerunt Romanorum amici, hi inimici. 3. Ubi sunt nunc illi amici inimicique t 4. Olim magi- ster studium diligentiamque illius pueri et huius puellae laudavit. 5. Illi igitur hunc gladium, huic illud pocu- 1 An appositive. THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN. 37 lum dat. 6. Nonne dominus huic servo defesso parvum donum dat? nam cum patientia laboravit. 7. Fuitne maesta ilia femina ? 8. Haec femina laeta, ilia maesta fuit. 9. Nautae illam lunam novam magno cum gaudio vident. 10. Agricola illos agros hoc novo aratro arabit. II. Et f ilius illius agricolae equos pigros agitabit. 104. I. The Helvetians fought with the Romans. 2. The former fought for their ^ women and children. 3. The latter fought often for victory.^ 4. But victory was not long doubtful in those battles. 5. For the Romans overcame the Helvetians. 6. Then were those poor women in Helvetia sad. 7. For the men of that land had been wounded. 8. The children of those men had* no* food. LESSON XV. The Interrogative Pronoun. 105. Paradigm. quia? who? which? what? SINGULAR. PLURAL ■• N. quia quae quid qui quae quae G. cuiua cuiua cuiua quorum quarum quorum D. cui cui cui quibua quibua quibua Ac. quern quam quid quoa quia quae Ab. quo qua quo quibua quibua quibua 1 Omit. 8 A form of sum. 2 For victory = victoriae * Say not. 38 THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN. 106. Table of Meanings for Reference. MASCULINE AND FEMININE. N. who ? which ? what ? G. of whom ? of which ? of what ? whose ? D. to ^r for whom ? to or for which ? to or for what ? Ac. whom ? which ? what ? Ab. by, /f/r., whom ? by, ^/^., which ? by, ^/<;., what ? a. The meanings are not tabulated with reference to gender. They should be referred to only when the meaning of a sen- tence is not clear after faithful effort. The learner should accus- tom himself, in making out the meaning of the Latin, to pronounce any Latin word, the sense of which is not evident, as a part of his English sentence. For example, taking sen- tence 14 under 108, if the meaning of cuius is not clear, say, "cuius arms has that boy?" Probably this would suggest, " whose arms has that boy ? " 107. Model Sentences. 1 . Quis amat patriam ? Who loves his country f 2. Quia vir amat patriam? What ?nan loves his country ? 3. Quid amat vir? What does the man love? 4. Quae dona puellae sunt grata ? What gifts are pleasing to the girl? a. Observe that quis in the first sentence and quid in the third are used as interrogative pronouns; that quis in the second sentence and quae in the fourth are used as inter- rogative adjectives. THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN. 39 b. But quod is always used in place of quid as an inter- rogative adjective^ and often qui in place of quis ; Quod donum puellae est gratum ? Qui vir patriam amat ? c. When forms of the interrogative pronoun are used as adjectives, they agree with their nouns like other adjectives. 108. I. Qui hoc templum aedificaverunt ? 2. Qui viri . hoc templum aedificaverunt ? 3. Quid est in illo templo? 4. Quae femina non amat liberos ? 5. Cui dat Marcus hoc poculum ? 6. Quibus viris non est cara patria? 7. Quos agros arat ille agricola ? 8. Quem laudatis? 9. Quid in poculo habet servus ? 10. Quam puellam magister laudat? 11. A quo illi agri sunt arati? 12. Quo aratro illos agros agricola aravit? 13. A qui- bus superati sunt Roman! ? 1 4. CCiius arma puer ille habet ? 109. I. Who ^ was a messenger of the gods ? 2. Whose messenger was Mercury? 3. Whose shield has that boy? 4. To whom does he give this shield? 5. Whom have you overcome ? 6. With what arms have you overcome that man? 7. By what men was this temple built? 8. By whom was this temple built ? 1 Ne is not used in a question that begins with an interrogative pronoun or other interrogative word. Rostra. 40 THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 110. LESSON XVI. The Relative Pronoun. Paradigm. qui, who^ which^ that. SINGULAR. N. qui quae ^ quod G. cuius ciiius ciiius D. cui cui cui Ac. quern quam quod Ab. quo qua quo qui quae quae quorum quarum quorum quibus quibus quibus quos quas quae quibus quibus quibus 111. Table of Meanings for Reference. a. The meanings are not tabulated with reference to gender. N. who, which, that. , G. of whom, of which, whose. D. \.o or for whom, to or for which. Ac. whom, which, that. Ab. by, etc.^ whom, which. 112. Model Sentences, 1. Puer qui laudatur est laetus, the boy who is praised is glad. 2. Puellae quas laudamus sunt laetae, the girls whom we praise are glad. 3. Libri quos laudamus sunt boni, the books that we praise are good. 4. Consilium quod vir dat laudamus, the advice which the man gives we praise. a. Observe that the relative has the same gender and num- ber as its antecedent, and that the case of the relative is THE RELATIVE PRONOUN. 41 sometimes the same as that of the antecedent and sometimes different. In i, qui is subject of laudatur ; in 2 and 3, quas and quos are objects of laudamus ; in 4, quod is object of dat. 113. Rule. — A relative agrees with its ante- cedent in gender and nurribev-, ^^t Us case depends on ^fhe^^construction of---Uxe clcmse in which it stands. 114. I. Servus, qui agrum agricolae arat, est defessus. 2. Illi equi, quibus servus hunc agrum arat, sunt nigri. 3. Dominus, cuius servus in hoc agro laborat, est in horto. 4. Pueri, quorum libros magister habet, sunt pigri. 5. Laudamus ilia dona quae puer puellae dat. 6. Puer, quern laudamus, est laetus. 7. Vir, cui sunt multi remi, est nauta. 8. Fabulae quas narravi hos pueros delectaverunt. 115. I. This advice which the man gives is not pleasing. 2. Those men, whose town was in Italy, were Romans. 3. Those slaves, to whom the master gives wine, have worked with diligence. 4. The boy by whom the horses were driven is a farmer's sop. 5. The girl who is tired is often sad. Review of Interrogative and Relative. 116. Vocabulary. Duilius, -i, m. Duilius (59). reporto, -are, -avi, -atus, bring forum, -i, n. forum. back., win., gain. Poenus, -i, m. a Carthaginian, rostrum, -i, n. beak of a ship^ praeda, -ae, f. booty, p. 39. 42 THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS. 117. I. Quis forum Romanum rostris ornavit ? 2. Forum ornavit Duilius ille, qui magnam victoriam reportavit. 3. Quam victoriam reportavit Duilius ? 4. Poenos superavit, quorum patria in Africa fuit. 5. Quibus armis pugnavit Duilius? 6. Duilius et Ro- mani gladiis pilisque pugnaverunt. 7. Quibus^ erat ilia praeda, quam victoria reportavit Duilius ? 8. Praeda erat Romanis a quibus est laudatus Duilius. 118. I. Duilius once gained a great victory. 2. He brought back many beaks of ships, with which he adorned the forum. 3. Duilius, where did you gain that booty ? 4. Tell the story to those boys and these girls. 5. "That story," quoth ^ Duilius, "is a long one. 6. And I am very tired to-day." LESSON XVII. The Demonstrative is. 119. Paradigm. is, that^ this ; also he, she, it. SINSULAR. PLURAL. N. is ea id ei. ii eae ea G. eius ews eius eonim eanim eonim D. ei el ei eis, iis eis, iis eis. iis Ac. eum earn id eos eas ea Ab. eo ea eo eis. iis eis, iis eis, iis a. Is as a demonstrative adjective is an unemphatic that or this. On the one hand it approaches ille, on the other, but less nearly, hie. 1 Dative. 2 Inquit. THE DEMONSTRATIVE IS. 43 b. The relations of hie, is, and ille will be understood from the following illustration : — pi S'of J^ —is is is. jUe the speaker. c. As a pronoun is means he, she, it. It is frequently used as the antecedent of qui, who; is qui, he who; ei qui, they who. 120. Model Sentences. 1. Is servus cum cura laborat, that slave toils with care. 2. Patientiam eius servi laudamus, the patience of thai slave we praise. 3. Patieiitia eius laudatur, his (of him) patience is praised. 4.. Is qui patientiam habet laudatur, he who has patience is praised. a. Observe the translation of eius in 3. So eorum, earum must often be translated their. 121. Vocabulary. benignus, -a, -imi, kind. fidus, -a, -mn, faithful. contentus, -a, -iun, contented. fortiter, adv. bravely. da (imperative), give. malus, -a, -um, bad. dedit, ^^w, has given. teriitus, -a, -xxm, frightened. 122. I. Eos viros amamus, sed eorum filii sunt mali. 2. Eae feminae amantur, sed non earum filiae. 3. Non bonum fuit consilium eorum virorum. 4. Is qui est con- tentus et benignus amicis^ placet. 5. Eum amici amant laudantque. 6. Maxime gratum servo fido est aurum quod ei dedit dominus. 7. Grata equo est aqua quam 1 Observe the dative. 44 THE DEMONSTRATIVE /S. portat agricola benignus. 8. Ei periti nautae magno vento territi sunt. 9. Quibus est ilia praeda quae in forum reportatur? 10. Praeda est eis qui in pugnis fortiter pugnabant. 123. I . Where do the sons of that man live ? 2. "They live in a large town," said^ Marcus, "and are lazy fellows."^ 3. "They do not please the mas- ter ' ; for books do not delight them." 4. " Those books which a friend has given them ^ do not afford ^ them * joy." 5. But, good friend, give them good advice. 6. Then they will toil industriously, and will not be sad. 7. Those who labor are often merry. 8. Those boys are not lazy fellows ^ ; they are tired. 1 Inquit. 2 Omit. Adjectives are often used in the plural in Latin, as in English, without a noun: boni, M Of Cannae. 54 COLLOQUIUM. Obsidibus Hispanorum benignus erat et eis libertatem dedit. Non minus feliciter in Africa bellavit ibique Poenos superavit. Ad Zamam Scipio et Hannibal castra habuerunt.^ Clarum est illud colloquium quod ante pugnam habuerunt. Poeni a Scipione superati et fugati sunt. Scipio triumphum magnificum ex Africa reportavit et a populo Africanus est appellatus. 145. I. Who saved his father by his bravery near the river Ticinus ? 2. Scipio, who was then a youth of seventeen years. 3. Whom did he afterwards defeat.? 4. He defeated Hannibal, that famous Carthaginian. 5. The victory which Scipio won was famous. 6. Famous was the triumph that Scipio had.^ 7. And the people called him Africanus. 146. Vocabulary. castra, -onim, n. (pi.) camp. libertas, libertatis, f. liber- colloqiiium, -i, n. conversa- ty, freedom. Hon, colloquy. obses, obsidis, m. hostage. feliciter, adv. luckily, sue- populus, -i, m. people. cessfully. 147. Colloquium. PRAECEPTOR ET DiSCIPULUS. P. Quis fuit Hannibal ? Fuit Romanus an Poenus ? or D. Fuit Poenus et a Scipione victus est. P. Ubi fuit Hannibalis patria ? D. Carthago, Hannibalis patria, fuit in Africa. P. (Zvxfuitl cur non est in Africa? why 1 Had. * Habuit. COLLOQUIUM, 55 Z>. Quia Carthago a Scipione deleta est. because was destroyed. F. Quot nomina erant Scipioni ? how many names D. Tria Scipioni erant nomina : Publius Cornelius three Scipio. P. Recte, mi puer, praenomen Publius; Cornelius correct first name nomen gentile ; Scipio cognomen. family cognomen Z>. Nonne interdum appellatus est Scipio Africdnus ? sometimes P. Certissime. Hoc autem nomen dicebant Romani cognomen secundum. "^°''^°^" . '^""^^ second Scipio. Hannibal. 56 THIRD DECLENSION. LESSON XXII. Third Declension. — Continued. Stems in i. 148. Paradigms • Ignis, m. hostis, m. nubis, f. mare, n. fire. enemy. cloud. sea. Stem, ignl- hosti- SINGULAR. nubi- mari- N. Ignis hostis nubis mare G. Ignis hostis nubis maris D. Tgni host! nubi mari Ac. ignem hostem nubem mare Ab. igni, e hoste PLURAL. nube mari N. ignes hostis nubis maria G. Tornium h ostium nubium D. Tgnibus hostibus nubibus maribus Ac. Ignis, -is hostis, -is nubis, -is maria Ab. Ignibus hostibus nubibus maribus animal, n. animal. calcar, n. spur. Stem. animalr- calcari- Sing. Plu. SlNG. Plu. N. animal animalia calcar calcaria G. animalis animalium calcaris calcariiun D. animali animalibus calcari calcaribus Ac. animal animalia calcar calcaria Ab. animali animalibus calcari calcaribus a. Compare the declension endings of hostis and nubes with those of mute stems (126, 130, 138). In the singular, except in the nominative, which is variable, the endings are the sam» What are the differences in the plural? THIRD DECLENSION. 57 b. Nouns in -es (gen. -is) are declined like nubes. €. How does the declension of ignis differ from that of hostis? The most common nouns declined like ignis are avis, bird^ civis, citizen^ finis, end, d. A few nouns in -is have both -im and -em in the accusative singular. These will be noted as they occur. e. As a guide to the learner, all words having i-stems will be followed by the stem in the succeeding vocabularies. 149. Vocabulary. animal, -alls, n. (animali-), finis, -is, m. (fini-), end^ border^ animal. pi. territories. animus, -i, m. mind, soul. hostis, -is, m. (hosti-), ene- calcar, -aris, n. (calcari-), my. spur, p. 1 86. ignis, -is, m. (igm-),yfr'/ duco, -ere, duxi, ductus, mitto, -ere, mlsi, missus, send. lead, conduct. scribo, -ere, scripsi, scriptus, dum, conj, while, as long as. write, write out. epistula, -ae, f. letter. si, conj. if, whether. gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, bear, uxor, -oris, f. wife. carry on, wage {war^. vinco, -ere, vici, victua, con- luvenis, -e, young (207). quer, defeat. 224. I . Defendite, O cives, banc pulcherrimam urbem. 2. Diligentissime earn defendere" debetis. 3. Si acriter pugnabitis, uxores liberosque defendetis. 4. Si Caesar est in urbe, facillime defendetur. 5. Is semper hostis 1 The present imperative second singular is due for duce. READING LESSON. 87 vincit. 6. Caesar sex legiones in ulteriorem Galliam mittit. 7. Bellum cum Gallis ibi gerebatur. 8. Eae legiones quas Caesar mittit a Labieno ducuntur. 9. Ea aestate, dum Caesar bellum gerit^ in ulteriore Gallia, Pompeius Romae fuit. 10. Fuitne Pompeius imperator melior quam Caesar ? 225. I . The town will be defended by the most skillful generals. 2. At this time many lands are ruled by kings. 3. Boys and girls, write letters to all your^ friends. 4. You ought to write them with great care. 5. Who of our generals will lead the legions into battle ? 6. If Caesar leads'* them, they will fight with the greatest courage. 7. Send all the elders into the citadel. 8. The younger men, whose valor is great, will defend the city. LESSON XXXVI. 226. Reading Lesson. Cornelia's Jewels. Tiberius Gracchus et Gains Gracchus erant filii Cor- neliae, Scipionis African! filiae. li pueri bonis artibus floruerunt. A matre educati sunt et ab * ea sermonis elegantiam discebant, Cornelia erat mulier sapientissima. Cum Campana matrona ornamenta sua ^ pretiosissima ei ^ ostendebat, Cornelia duos ^ filios vocavit. " Haec, inquit, " sunt mea ornamenta." \ c^\y^ ^ Was carrying on ; the pres- 2 Omit. ^ Her (own), ent indicative with dum is often 3 Shall lead. ^ Feminine. used of a past act. * From. ' Two. ss READING LESSON. 221, I. Cornelia had two sons. 2. The elder was called Tiberius,^ the younger Caius.^ 3. They were boys of very good qualities.^ 4. For their mother faithfully educated them. 5. Elegance of speech is a great orna- ment to boys. 6. If boys are well trained, they learn to obey their elders.* 7. Ladies always like^ to display jewels, if they have them. 8. What precious jewels did Cornelia display .? 228. ars, artis, f. (arti-) art^ in plu., qualities. cum, conj. when^ while. disco, -ere, didici, , educo, -are, -avi, -atus, educate. floreo, -ere, flonii, ish., be conspicuous. tinguished. libenter, adv. gladly. Vocabulary. skill J mater, -tris, f. 7nother. matrona, -ae, f. matron^ lady. mulier, mulieris, f. woman, learn. omamentum, -i, n. ornament^ train., jewel. ostendo, -ere, ostendi, os- , flour- tentuB, show., display, be dis- pretiosuB, -a, -um, precious. sermo, -oniB, m. speech, con- versation. 1 See 37. 2 Note that the Latin Gaius is Caius in English. 8 See 140. * Their elders = older (men) ; dative. ^ Like to display = gladly display. Navis Longa. FOURTH DECLENSION. 89 LESSON XXXVII. Fourth Declension. The Stem ends in u. 229. Gender. — Nouns of the fourth declension in -us are masculine, those in -u are neuter> except so far as 13, 2 is applicable. a. Domus, house, idus, the Ides, manus, hand, and a few others, are feminine. '^o ^j. 230. Paradigms. gradus, m. step. comii, n. horn. Stem , gradu- Stem, comu- SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. gradus gradus cornii cornua G. gradus graduum cornus cornuum D. gradui, -u gradibus cornu cornibus Ac. gradum gradus cornu cornua Ab. gradu gradibus cornu cornibus ^ 231. Artus, j'oznt, portus, harbor, and a few other nouns, together with dissyllables in -cus, have the dative and ablative plural in -ubus : portubus, arcubus, with bows. 232. Domus, house, has also forms of the second declen- sion. See 499. Domi is used only as a locative. 233. Decline together magnus exercitus, large army; mea manus, my hand; longum cornu, long horn. 90 FOURTH DECLENSION. 234. Vocabulary. cornu, -us, n. horn; wing {of manus, -us, f. hand ; band^ an army) ; p. 1 30. force. dexter, -era, -erum (oftener peditatus, -us, m. infantry. -tra, -trum), right. portus, -us, m. harbor. domus, -i, f. house, home {^99). prope, prep, with ace, near. elephantus, -i, m. elephant. sinister, -tra, -trum, left. equitatus, -us, m. cavalry. teneo. -ere, tenui, tentus, ezercitus, -us, m. army. hold, keep. 235. I. Mea^ manu has epistulas maxima cum cura scribam. 2. Multi Romanorum artem belli pueri didi- cerunt. 3. Corinthi erant duo^ portus. 4. In quibus portubus erant plurimae naves. 5. Dextrum exercitus cornu fortissime pugnavit. 6. Caesar exercitum in proxi- mum oppidum ducit. 7. Subito peditatus hostium in' eius legiones mittitur. 8. Exercitus Gallorum equitatu florebant. 9. Bellum ab eis equitatu* peditatuque gere- batur. 10. Scipionis equitatus territus est elephantis Hannibalis. 236. I. The general with all the cavalry held the right wing of the army. 2. At home and in the field we ought to learn prudence. 3. Many animals fight with their* horns. 4. Bands of the enemy were seen near the house of Marcus. 5. And in the further part of the harbor they saw a rather * large ship. 6. Marcus holds his^ sword in his right hand. 7. And with it^ he will defend his wife and children. 8. In his left hand he carries a shield. 1 My own. * Against. ^ Omit. ^ See 194, c. 2 Two. * See 84. ' And with it = with which. THJRD CONJUGATION. 91 LESSON XXXVIII. Third Conjugation. — Continued. Ablative of Accompaniment. 237. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative, and the perfect infinitive, active and passive, of reg5 (513). a. Compare these forms with the same tenses of amo and moned. 238. I. Rexit, rexerat, rexerit. 2. Rectus est, rectus erat, rectus erit. 3. Rexerunt, rexerant, rexerint. 4. Rexi, recta sum. 5. Rexistis, rectae estis. 6. Rexerimus, rectae erimus. 7. Reximus, recti sumus. 8. Rexisse, rectus esse. 9. Rexi, rexeram, rexero. 10. Rectus sum, rectus eram, rectus ero. 239. I. He has led, he has been led. 2. He had led, he had been led. 3. You will have led, you will have been led. 4. They have sent, they have been sent. 5. He led, he was led. 6. We had sent, we had been sent. 7. You wrote, you led, you sent. 8. To have led, to have sent. 9. To have been led, to have been sent. 240. Model Sentences. 1 . Caesar Labienum in Galliam cum ezercitu misit, Caesar sent Labienus into Gaul with an army. 2. Domi cum liberis manaimus, we stayed at home with our children. 92 THIRD CONJUGATION. 241. Rule. — Accompaniment is expressed hy the ablative with cum. a. If the ablative is modified by an adjective, cum is some- times omitted : magno exercitii, with a large army. See ablative of manner (92, 93). 242. Vocabulary. caedes, -is, f. (caedi-), slaugh- locus, -i, m. (pi. loci and ter, carnage. loca) place., position. discedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessus, pono, -ere, posui, positus, depart, withdraw. place., put; pitch {camp). inter, prep. w. ace, between, puto, -are, -avi, -atus, think, among, amid. reckon, believe. lego, -ere, legi, lectus, read. Rhenus, -i, m. the Rhine. senatus, -us, m. senate. trans, prep. w. ace, across, the other side of, beyond. ' 243. I. Epistulas legi quas scripsisti. 2. Oppidum positum est^ inter flumen Rhenum et montem. 3. Con- sul urbem Romam defendit. 4. Unus ^ ducum magnum exercitum in Galliam duxerat. 5. Scipio in Hispaniam cum sex legionibus missus erat. 6. Bellum in Italia ab Hannibale gestum est. 7. Saepissime exercitus Romanes vicit Hannibal. 8. Dux castra prope portum posuit. 9. Hostes pila e loco superiore miserunt. 10. Dum haec in dextro cornu geruntur,* sinistrum* fugatum est. II. Quo^ plures erant hostes, eo^ maioj caedes fuit. 12. Virtutem militi putamus optimum esse orna- mentum. ^ positum est = is situated. * Supply cornu. ^ One. 6 Qu5 . . . eo, by which . . . by « See p. 87, n. I. that = the . . . the. See 210. THIRD CONJUGATION. 93 244. I. Caesar wrote many letters to^ the senate. 2. And these ^ letters were read by the chief of the senate. 3. Labierius hastened with all the infantry towards the river. 4. He pitched his camp on the other side of the river. 5. Large bands of the enemy were seen in many places. 6. They had withdrawn from ^ the place in which the camp had been pitched. 7. At daybreak several* soldiers departed from the camp. 8. If the army is destroyed,^ the citizens will mourn. lad. ^ And these ^=^ which. ^ex. * aliquot. * Future. Templum. 94 PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS, LESSON XXXIX. Personal and Reflexive Pronouns. Personal Pronouns. 245. Paradigms. First Person. Ego, /. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. ego, /. nos, we. G. mei, of me. nostrum, or nostri, of us. D. mihi, (mi), to ox for me. nobis, to ox for us. Ac. me, rne. nos, us. Ab. (a) me, by me. (a) nobis, by us. Second Person. Tu, thou. N. tu, thou (you). vos, you, ye. G. tui, of thee (you). vestrum, or vestri, of you. D. tibi, to ox for thee (you), vobis, to ox for you. Ac. te, thee (yoft). vos, you. Ab. (a) te, by thee (you). (a) vobis, by you. N. Third Person (Reflexive). Sui, of himself etc. G. sui, of himself herself sui, of themselves. itself D. sibi, to ox for himself etc. sibi, to ox for themselves. Ac. si (sese), himself etc. se (sese), themselves. Ab. (a) se (sese), by him- (a) se (sese), by themselves. self etc. a. The personal pronoun of the third person, when not reflexive, is supplied by the demonstrative is, ea, id, and some- times by hie and ille. See 100, /, and 119, c. POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES. 95 246. Model Sefitences. 1 . Ego sum tristis, tu es laetus, / ajn sady you are glad. 2. Omnes homines se (or sese) amant, all men love them- selves. 3. Quia vestrum se non amat ? who of you does not love himself? 4. Filius mecum domi Romae manet, tny son stays at home with me at Rome. a. Observe in i that the subjects ego and tu are expressed. In general, nominatives of personal pronouns are not expressed ; when they are used, it is for emphasis or contrast. b. The reflexive pronoun refers to the subject of the clause in which ft stands, as in 2. c. The personal pronouns of the first and second persons are often used with reflexive sense : tu te amas^ thou lovest thyself J omnes nos amamus, we all love ourselves. d. The forms nostrum and vestrum are chiefly used in the partitive sense. See 202. e. The preposition cum with the ablative of personal pro- nouns is appended to them : mecum, with me; tecum, with thee^ etc. So also with relatives and interrogatives : quibus- cum, with whom. Possessive Adjectives. 247. The possessive adjectives are formed from the stems of personal pronouns. They are sometimes used as pronouns. meus, -a, -um, my, mine (voc. suus, -a; -um (reflexive), his^ sing, masc, mi). her, hers, its, their, theirs. tuus, -a, -um, thy, thine; your, noster, -tra, -tnimi, our, ours, yours. vester, -tra, -tvom., your, yours. a. When your, yours refers to one person, use tuus ; when to more than one, use Tester. 96 PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE .PRONOUNS. 248. Model Sentences. 1. Ego qui haec scribo sum tuus amicus, / who write this am your friend. 2. Tu qui haec scribis es meus amicus, you who write this are my friend. a. Observe that the relative does not change to conform to the person of the antecedent, and that the verb of the relative clause is in the same person as the antecedent. 3. Hie est eius liber, this is his book. 4. Iiibrum suum amico dat, he gives his {own) book to a friend. b. Notice the difference between eius, his^ and suum, his^ the latter referring back to the subject (reflexive like se). In Exercise 129 "his" occurs in 2, 5, 6, and 7. If translated into Latin, in which two would it be expressed by eius, and in which by suus ? 249. Vocabulary. bene, adv. well. laus, laudis, f. praise., glory. conserve, -are, -avi, -atus, tristis, -e, sad., gloomy. preserve, save. valeo, -ere, -ui, -iturus,^ be culpa, -ae, f . blame., fault. strong., be in good health. 250. I. Ego vos video, vos me videtis. 2. Putatisne me tristem esse'^.? 3. Ego non sum tristis, sed vos mihi tristissimae esse videmini.' 4. Ego et tu* Corne- liae ornamenta nostra ostendemus. 5. lllane nobis 1 In the principal parts of "^ Me to be sad ^= that I am sad. verbs invariably intransitive, the ^ T^e passive of video often future active participle is given means seem. instead of the perfect passive. * Ego et tu =you and l. PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS. 97 ostendet ornamenta sua ? 6. Si tu et frater tuus vale- tis, bene est. 7. Estne Marcus maior natu fratre suo ? 8. Nos qui te laudamus illos culpamus. 9. Tibi laus, illis erit culpa. 10. Conservate vos,^ uxores, liberos, fortunasque vestras. 11. Caesar omnes equites secum habuit. 12. Libri quos nos legimus sunt optimi. 251. I. If your father is in good health, it is well. 2. You and I ^ are in good health. 3. I have put my fortunes into your hands. 4. Preserve them diligently for me and my children. 5. You whcJ 'find fault with us praise them. 6.^ My life is dear to me, yours to you. 7. While you were laughing, we were mourning. 8. Cornelia saw her jewels, but praised her own. 9. What helmets (^galeae) are handsomer than the Romans'? 1 See 246, c. 2 You and J=we, hence the verb is first person plural. Cf. 250, 4 3 In this order : to me my life, to you yours is dear. Cf. 250, 9. Galeae. 98 SUBJUJVCTIVE OF PURPOSE WITH UT AND M£, LESSON XL. Subjunctive of Purpose with ut and ne. 252. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctive of sum (516), and of the active and passive of am5 (511) and moneo (512). a. In the same way inflect the present and imperfect sub- iunctive of culpo, blaine^ iuvo, help, moveo, move, deleo, destroy, and iubeo, bid, order. 253. Model Sentences. 1. Se armant ut pugnent, they arm themselves that they may fight, in order that they may fight, in order to fight, to fight, for the purpose of fighting. 2. Se armabant ut pugnarent, they armed themselves that they might fight, to fight, etc. 3. Gives pugnant ne oppidum deleatur, the citizens fight that the town may not be destroyed, lest the town be destroyed. 4. Servi laborabant ne culparentur, the slaves were toil- ing, lest they should be blamed, so that they might not be blamed. a. Observe that the subordinate clauses express the purpose or motive of the subjects of the principal clauses, ut introducing a positive and ne a negative purpose. b. Observe that the verbs in the purpose clauses are in the subjunctive, and that the tense depends upon the tense of the principal clause, the present (pugnent, deleatur) following the present (also the future), and the imperfect (pugnarent, culparentur) following a past tense. c. Notice the various ways of translating ut. d. Purpose clauses are often calledy?«rt/ clauses, 254. Rule. ^T/ie subjunctive is used with ut and ne to express purpose. SUBJUNCTIVE OF PURPOSE WITH UT AND NE. 99 Ct K a. The infinitive is not to be used in Latin, as it is in English, to express purpose, but the Latin purpose clause may often be translatoil by the English infinitive. 255. I. Eum misit ut, — oppugnaret, deleret, occuparet, teneret, conservaret. 2. Nos mittit ut, — pugnemus, deleamus, necemus, terreamus, culpemus. 3. Mittuntur ut, — oppugnent, deleant, occupent, teneant, obsides sint. 4. Missi sunt ne oppidum, — oppugnaretur, deleretur, occuparetur, teneretur. 5. Te mittam ut, — ornes, praebeas, aedifices, moneas, rideas, laudes. 6. Vos moneo ut, — ametis, moveatis, laudetis, placeatis, fortes sitis. 7. Eum monuit ne, — ornaret, moveret, culparet, piger esset. 8. Monetur ne, — superetur, moveatur, occupetur, teneatur, sit piger. 256. I . I was sent, — to besiege, to destroy, to seize, to hold, to overcome. 2. They will send him, — to fight, to destroy, to kill, to frighten, to furnish. 3. You were sent for the purpose of, — toiling, pleasing, ploughing, furnishing, filling. 4. They were sent that the city might not be, — besieged, destroyed, seized, held, taken by storm. 5. He advises us, — to love, to move, to praise, to laugh, to be prudent. 6. We advised him not to be, — surpassed, moved, seized, frightened, a soldier. 100 FIFTH DECLENSION. LESSON XLL Fifth Declension. The Stem ends in e. Accusative of Extent. 257. Gender. — Nouns of the fifth declension are feminine, except dies, day, which is commonly masculine in the singular, and always in the plural. 258. Paradigms. dies, day. res, thing. Stem, die- re- SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N.V. dies dies res res G. diei diemm rei rerum D. diei diebus rei rebus Ac. diem dies rem res Ab. die diebus re rebus a. Only dies and res are complete in the plural. A few other nouns have nominative and accusative plural. 259. Model Sentences. 1. Deoem annos Troia oppugnabatur, Troy was besieged for ten years. 2. Arx alta est centum pedes, the citadel is a hundred feet high. a. The accusative annos denotes duration or extent of time, pedes, extent of space. The accusative, then, is used to answer the question ^^«/ long? ox how far? (in time or space), and may be called the Accusative of Extent. FIFTH DECLENSION. 101 260. Rule. — Extent of time cr space is ex- pressed hy the accusative. 261. Vocabulary. acies, -ei, f. line of battle. miUe passuvun, a thousand circum, prep. w. ace, around. {of) paces, viile. de, prep. w. 2Lh\.,from, about, ne, conj. lest, that not. concerning. passus, -us, m. pace, step. dies, -ei, m. day. planities, -ei, f. plain. instruo, -ere, -striixi, -stru- posterns, -a, -um, following^ ctus, draw up, form, ar- next, coming after. range, instruct. reliiiquo, -ere, reliqui, relic- iubeo, -ere, iussi, iiissus, bid, tus, leave, abaftdon. order, command. res, rei, f. thing, circumstance, mille (indecl. in sing.) ; plu. affair. milia, milium, thousand. ut, conj. that, in orde/ that. 262. I. Caesar castra in magna planitie posuit. 2. Haec planities erat duo ^ milia passuum lata. 3. Ibi aciem instruxit. 4. Sex horas equitatus peditatusque in acie manserunt. 5. Sed hostes nocte discesserant. 6. Postero die discessit Caesar ex illo loco. 7. Labie- num cum parva manu reliquit ut castra servaret. 8. Multos dies exercitus sine frumento erat. 9. Et res erant in angusto.^ 10. Labienus igitur nuntium de hac re ad Caesarem misit. 263. I. The eixemy's cavalry saw a broad plain near the hill. 2. What did they see in this plain? 3. They saw the line of battle of the Romans. 4. And they were greatly alarmed at this circumstance. 5. But on the next day the plain was abandoned. 6. The Romans had 1 Two. * Adjective used as noun ; a strait. .102 ; COLLOQUIUM, withdrawn from the plain in order to save a town which was near l)y.^ 7. Aiound the town was a wall twenty feet high. 8. For many hours the enemy assaulted this wall. 264. Colloquium. Praeceptor et Discipulus. F. Omnium declinationum quae est difficillima .? /J which D. Tertia mihi videtur difficillima. F. Quare ita censes 'i why . think D. Varietatis causa terminationum in nominativo singu- variety on account lari. Genus quoque est mihi molestissimum, praesertim gender troublesome especially nominum in is desinentium. nouns ending F. Tenesne memoria quae nomina pluralem genetivum in ium habeant t D. Primum nomina in is et es desinentia, si in gene- first tivo singular! non crescunt; ut hostis et nubes. increase as Deinde monosyllaba in s vel x desinentia, si ante s et then X Stat consonans ; ut urbs et arx. stands consonant . Tum nomina in ns et rs desinentia ; ut cliens et cohors. Denique neutra in e^ al, ar desinentia ; ut mare^ animal^ calcar. "'"*"''" 1 See 179. PiuA. THIRD CONJUGATION. 103 LESSON XLII. Third Conjugation. — Verbs in -lo. Accusative of Place Whither. Capi5, (STEM cape), take. Principal Parts : capio, capere, cepi, captus. 265. Verbs in -io of the third conjugation vary in inflection in certain tenses from the model verb rego. a. Learn all the tenses of the indicative, the present imper- ative, and the present and perfect infinitive, active and passive, of capio (514). b. Compare the present, imperfect, and future indicative of capio with the same tenses of rego, and note the differences. 266. I. Capit, capiebat, capiet. 2. Capiunt, capie- bant, capient. 3. Capior, capiebar, capiar. 4. Capimus, capimur. 5. Capis, caperis. 6. Capiebatis, capiebamini. 7. Cepi, captus sum. 8. Cape, capere. 9. Ceperamus, captae eramus. 10. Caperis, ceperis. a. In like manner practice upon facio, make, and iacio, throw. 267. I. He was making, he was throwing. 2. It was made, it was thrown. 3. They make, they were making, they will make. 4. I take, I am taken. 5. We took, we were taken. 6. Take (thou), make,^ throw. 7. They will be taken, they will be thrown. 8. I shall take, I shall be taken. 9. To take, to be taken. 10. He makes, he takes, he throws. 1 Fac for face. Cf. p. 86, n. i. 104 THIRD CONJUGATION. 268. Model Sentences. 1. Caesar ad urbem properavit, Caesar hastened to the city. 2. Caesar Romam properavit, Caesar hastened to Rome. 3- Exercitum in Graeciam misit, he sent an artny into Greece. 4- Exercitum Athenas misit, he sent an army to Athens. a. Observe in i and 3 that the place whither is expressed by the accusative with a preposition, while in 2 and 4 there is no preposition. 269. Rule. — J^ames of towns used to express place whither a,re put in the accusative without a preposition. oUu3o o\ i/wd- (ft .yv^^.ArU>0^>v a. The accusatives of domus, home, and rus, country, are used like names of towns. 270. Vocabulary. Hereafter derivations will be indicated in the vocabularies. English derivatives will be indicated in this type. See 342. capio, -ere, cepi, captus, / ike, legatus, -i, m. ambassador, capture. lieutenant j deputy. cupio, -eire, cupivi, cupitus, nemo, -ini (dat), m. [ne-homo] desire, wish. (no gen. or abl.) no one. decem (indecl.), ten. pax, pacis, f. peace. facio, -ere, feci, factus, do, prqelium, -i, n. battle. make. re-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus fugio, -ere, fugi, , Jlee, [capio], take back, receive, run away. recover, itaqvie, con'], and so, therefore. se (me, -te, etc.) recipere, iacio, -ere, ieci, iactus, thfow, withdraw, retreat, betake hurl. one's self. THIRD CONJUGATION. 105 271. I. A Gallis Romam missi sunt legati. 2. Legati quos Galli miserant a senatu in templo recepti sunt. 3. Pacem cum Romanis facere cupiebant, qui eos proelio' vicerant. 4. Captivos quoque, quos Roman! ceperant, recipere cuplverunt. 5. Decem dies Romae manebant. 6. Sed Romani cum eis pacem non fecerunt. 7. Nam eos et omnia bona ^ delere cupiverunt. 8. Itaque legati in Galliam, suam patriam, se receperunt. 9. Quibuscum bellum gesserunt Galli ? Cum Romanis. 272. I. I wish to hurl a javelin. 2. That is easy; take the javelin in ^ your right hand. 3. Yours* is too* long ; take mine, which is a foot shorter. 4. Why are you running away ? 5. Because the thing is too difficult for me. 6. Shall you flee home ? 7. I shall betake myself to yonder ^ forest, where nobody will see me. 8. Shall you leave me without a comrade ? 9. The fault is yours ; you have been laughing, ® 1 Goods, possessions ; adjective as noun. ^ Jnto. 3 Agrees with pilum under- stood. 4 See 194, c. & See 100, c. ^ Have been laughing = have laughed. SiGNA. 106 ^ rv. READING LESSON. LESSON XLIII. 273. Beading Lesson. A Battle. Eo die Caesar ex castris exercitum eduxit, et iter ad flumen fecit. Quae res tamen hostibus nota est, quorum peditatus a nostris ^ in summo ^ coUe videbatur. Turn Caesar in dextro et sinistro cornu equites conlocavit ut peditatum iuvarent, et militum suorum animos ad pugnam " ita incitavit : " Milites, omnis rei publicae spes in nostra - virtute posita est. Audaces fortuna iuvat ; fortibus erif ^ victoria." .If!i acriter in nostram aciem impetum fece- runt, sed neque eorum pila neque magni clamores nos- tros ^ terruerunt. Brevi tempore ex^ omnibus partibus hostis vicerunt, qui trans flumen fugerunt. Dux eorum captus * et Romam missus est. 274. I. On the next day bands of horsemen were seen near the hill. 2. Our line of battle was drawn up by Caesar. 3. Meanwhile their ^ leader had aroused their minds so that they might not fear the attack of the Romans. 4. " Soldiers," said he, " you see those Romans yonder on the plain. 5. They are brave men, but are not we much braver .? 6. You will fight for your country, which they are trying to destroy ; for your children, whom they wish to capture. 7. Make your attack upon their left wing ; put that to flight, and victory will be yours.* 8. Then depart to your homes,' where you shall receive the rewards of victory." ^ Our {men). * Est is often omitted with compound tenses. 2 The top of. ^ Eorum or suus ? « In. « To you. . ' See 269, a. SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT, 107 275 Vocabulary. clamor, -oris, m. shout, cry. ne-que, conj. neither, neque con-loco (col-) -are, -avi, . . . neque, neither . . . nor. -atus, place, station. nosco, -ere, novi, notus, learn, e-duco, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, Jind out. Perf . know. lead out, lead forth. praemium, -i, n. reward. impetus, -us, m. attack, as- publicus, -a, -um, public. sault. res publica, rei publicae, f. incito, -are, -avi, -atus, arouse, republic, commonwealth. excite, incite. spes, spei, f. hope. ita, adv. so, thus. tamen, adv. nevertheless, yet. LESSON XLIV. Subjunctive of Result with ut and ut non. 276. Learn the present and imperfect subjunctive, active and passive, of rego (513) and capio (514). 277. Model Sentences. 1 . Hostes ita terrentur ut fugiant, the enemy are so fright- ened that they fee. 2. Hostes ita terrebantur ut fugerent, the enemy were so frightened that they fled. 3. Is miles tam fortis erat ut a duce laudaretur, that soldier was so brave that he was praised by the general. 4. Is puer tam malus est ut a magistro non laudetur, that boy is so bad that he is not praised by the teacher. a. Observe that the dependent clauses express a result, and that a negative result is introduced by ut non. Compare these model sentences with those illustrating purpose (253), and observe that a negative purpose is introduced by ne. b. Result clauses with the perfect subjunctive will be treated later. W tnJ^ U^M^^^^^j^cL 'icJiix^ hj^^jAAX - 108 SUBJUNCTIVE OF RESULT, 278. Rule. — The subjunctive is used with ut and ut non to expires s result. 279. I. Accidit ut, — ostendam, ducatur, capias, capiatur, cupiantur. 2. Accidit ut, — cupiamus, capiantur, ducatis, mittantur, faciam. 3. Accidit (perf.) ut non, — vinceremus, mitteretis, defenderet, ponerentur. 4. Accidit (perf.) ut non, — faceretis, fugeretis, mitteretur, vincerentur. 280. I. It happens that, — ^-^C- :-^jhx ^^'•' I take, I lead, he sends, he departs, they display. 2. It happens that, — we learn, we are led, you are conquered, you throw. 3. It happened that, — they did not defend, they^id not receive, they were not led out. [ ^ /-^"^ 281. "- ' Vocabulary. ac-cido, -ere, -cidi, , [ad, fluctus, -us, m. wave. C2ido~\, fall upon ; happen. paucus, -a, -um (generally aut, conj. or J- aut . . . aut, plu.),/ ■ a. alius . alii alius . alter . FEM. alia alius alii aliam alia NEUT. aliud alius alii aliud alio MASC. totus totius toti totum to to FEM. tota totius toti totam tota NEUT. totum totius toti totum to to .' alius, one . . . another. . alii, some . . . others. . aliud, one one thing, another another, . alter, the one . . . the other. 114 NUMERALS. 293. Vocabulary. ante Christum natum, before nobilis, -e [nosco], of high \ the birth of Christ = V>.C. birth, noble. '^ dico, -ere, dixi, dictns, say. orbis, -is, m. (orbi-), circle:^ do, dare, dedi, datus, ^zV^.'^^^^-^a orbis ihrranmi, the world. familia, -ae, f. household. sempiternus, -a, -um [sem- ingenium, -i, n. genius. per], everlasting. Vergilius, -i, m. Vergil. voluptas, -atis, f . [volo], pleasure. iyW^^ \jf-^^\ ^ 294. I. Roma duos homines summi ingeni, alterum vU, ^ imperatorem, alterum p^etam, habuit. 2. AltefTus fami- K-.-. '. ^Xc ^i^ n5bilis, alterius rustica ^ fuit. 3. Nulli imperatori, nOlli poetae, maior laus est data quam illis. 4. Caesar victor fuit totius Galliae. 5. Vergilius toti orbi terrarum voluptatem dedit. 6. Utri fuit melior fortuna? 7. Natus est^ Caesar centesimo anno ante Christum natum. 8. Natus est Vergilius anno septuagesimo ante Christum natum. 9. Neutrius fuit vita longissima, sed utriusque erit laus sempiterna. 10. De illis hominibus alius aliud dicet, nos utrumque laudamus. \- /" - >^ 295. I. On the second day the camp was moved. 2. By the bravery of the tenth legion alone the whole army was saved. 3. We shall remain three days at Rome, the sixth, seventh, and eighth. 4. But on the ninth day we shall hasten without any delay to the mountains. 5. The king had ruled so well that the whole people loved him. 6. Vergil was thirty years younger^ than Caesar. 7. To neither was granted a very long life. 8. Some will give greater praise to the one, others to the other. 1 Of the country. * Natus est = was born. • See p. 80, note i. INFINITIVE AS IN ENGLISH. 115 LESSON XL VII. The Infinitive used as in English. 296. Learn the indicative, the infinitive, the present and imperfect subjunctive of possum (517), and review the infin- itives present and perfect of sum and the model verbs. a. Possum is compounded of potis, able^ and sum. To inflect possum, prefix the syllable pot to the forms of sum, changing t to s before s, and dropping the f of fui, fueram, etc. 297. Model Sentences, 1. Errare est humanum, to err is human. 2. Potui videre, / could (was able to) see. 3. Urbs capta esse dicitur, the city is said to have been taken. 4. Puella esse bona cupiebat, the girl wished to be good. 5. Nos esse _bonos cupiunt, they desire us to be good. ,■•- — --' I a. Observe that in each sentence the infinitive is used pre- cisely as in English, These uses, as presenting no difficulty of syntax, have been illustrated in exercises of preceding lessons without comment. Cf. i with 212, 10. b. The infinitive used as in 2 and 4, to complete the mean- ing of the main verb, is called the cotnplementary infinitive. c. Note that the predicate adjective bona (also the par- ticiple capta) agrees with the subject of the main verb. 298. Rule. — A -predicate adjective after a com- plementary infinitive agrees with the subject of the main verb. d. In 5, nos is called the subject of the infinitive esse. Note that here the adjective after the infinitive agrees with the subject of the infinitive. 116 INFINITIVE AS IN ENGLISH. 299. Rule. — The subject of the infinitive is in the accusative. 300. I. Dux equitatum terrere et fugare potest. 2. Castra moveri et poni potuerunt.^ 3. Puer discere potuisse dicitur. 4. Discedere, fugere potuimus. 5. Illae matres amari et iuvari debent. 6. Amatae esse dicuntur. 7. Properabo ut te iuvare possim. 8. Ille^ properavit ut nos iuvare posset. 9. Cur rion properavimus ut eos recipere possemus ? 10. Te fortem benignumque esse cupiebant. 11. Iter breve fuisse dicitur. 12. Milites vulnerati esse dicuntur. 301. I. You can carry' and throw a spear. 2. They can read and write. 3. Who was not able to think and learn.? 4. They will be able to take the town. 5. You bid me to be adorned and to delight. 6. They are said to have been terrified and routed. 7. He was said to have been brave and to have conquered. 8. They were thought to have labored and received a reward. 9. The army was thought to be getting defeated.^ 10. He bade you be diligent. 302. I. Videri * est non semper esse. 2. Vergilius et Caesar maximi ingeni * fuisse putantur ; uter maior fuisse dicitur? 3. Quis nostrum rem publicam conservari non cupit.? 4. Is qui rem publicam .conservare tentabit et vitam pro ea dabit, laudem recipiet sempiternam. 5. Quis maius virtutis praemium recipere aut cupere ^ As the subject castra is plu- ^ Present passive infinitive, ral, the verb must be plural. * See page 96, note 3. 3 See 245, a. & See 140. JiXi'INITlVE AS IN ENGLISH. u: potest? 6. Pro patria, pro salute publica vitam dare debemus. 7. Nemo totius exercitus tam fortis fuit ut hostium impetum non timeret. 8. Alter hoc pensum, liter illud facere poterat ; sed neuter utrumque pensum ^ facere poterat. 9. Exercitus hostium inopia'' aquae magis^ laboravisse nostro exercitu dicebatur. 10. Qui parens liberos suos esse bonos non cupit ? 1 Utrumque pensum = both tasks. ^ See 132. ^ More. w Gaius Julius Gaesak. 118 THE DEMONSTRATIVES ISTE, IDEM, IPSE, %.^vv>^^-^'2 LESSON XLVIII. The Demonstratives iste, idem, ipse. 303. Paradigms. iste, that, that of yours. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. iste ista istud isti istae ista G. istiua istius istius istonim istarum istonim D. isti isti isti istis istis istis Ac.istum istam istud istos istas ista AB.isto ista isto istis istis istis idem, same. { eidem eaedem e'adem ( iidem G. eius'dem eiusdem eiusdem eorun'dem earundem eorundem ^ ., .^ ._ (eis'dem eisdem eisdem D. eidem eidem eidem ] ( iis^dem iisdem iisdem Ac. eun'dem eandem idem eos'dem easdem e'adem ' eis^dem eisdem eisdem N. idem e'adem idem Ab. eodem eadem eodem iis^dem iisdem iisdem ipse, self {him self y etc.). N. ipse G. ipsius D. ipsi Ac.ipsum AB.ipso ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsae ipsa ipsius ipsius ipsorum ipsanim ipsorum ipsis ipsis ipsis ipsas ipsa ipsis ipsis ipsi ipsi ipsam ipsum ipsos ipsa ipso ipsis a. Iste is declined like ille (100). b. id«m is declined like is (119), with m changed to n before the suffix dem. c. Wherein does the declension of ipse vary from that of bonus ? d. Decline together istud caput, idem dies, ipsa res. THE DEMONSTRATIVES iSTE, IDEM, IPSE. 119 304. Model Sentences. 1 . Istam epistulam legi, / read that letter of yours. 2. iBodem die ad te epistulam misi, on the same day I sent a letter to you. 3. Imperator ipse exercitum duzit, the general himself led the army. 4. Ipse exercitum duxisti, yoi^ led the army yourself. e. Iste and idem are used as demonstrative adjectives and demonstrative pronouns. Cf. 101, a. f. Iste is used of that which has some relation to the person addressed, and hence is called the demonstrative of the second person : iste equus, or iste tuus equus, that horse of yours. Cf. 100, b and c. Iste also sometimes denotes contempt. Idem is used just as " same " is in English. g. Ipse, self the emphatic appositive pronoun, is used to emphasize a noun or pronoun (expressed or understood) with which it agrees as an adjective. It must be carefully dis- tinguished from se, self which is reflexive, not emphatic : homo se culpavit nimium, the man blamed himself too much; hom5 fratrem, turn se ipsum culpavit, the man bla?ned his brother, then hi7?tself \ SOjSt^ , 9 . Vocabulary. parous, -us, m. botif/ p. 73. _f imperium, -i, n. power, rule; Asia, -ae, f. Asia. empire. barbarus, -i, m. a barbarian. periculum, -i, n. danger, peril. Darius, -i, m, Darius. prae-dico, -arc, -avi, -atus, dimico, -are, -avi, -atus, con- proclaiin, boast. tend, fight. pro-cedo, -ere, -cessi, ,go divitiae, -arum, f. (pi.) riches. forward, advance, proceed. heri, didw. yesterday. Socrates, -is, m. Socrates. vultus, -us, m. countenance. — '^J'VOJ^^-^U^ 4 120 THE DEMONSTRATIVES ISTE, IDEM, IPSE. 306. I. De istis rebus ad te scribere mox potero. 2. Nemo qui de se ipso praedicat esse sapiens dicitur. 3. Ipsi^ vestri amici vos culpaverunt. 4. Ista vestra pensa mihi sunt gratissima. 5. Uterque vestrum est idem qui'' semper fuit. 6. Nomen ipsius' poetae, cuius libros nunc legimus, est clarissimum. 7. Milites totius exercitus ab uno imperatore ducti sunt ut hostis vincere posset. 8. Socrates ille* et in periculo ipso 'et in salute eundem vultum semper habuisse dicitur. 9. Semper erat eodem vultu. 10. Hodie eadem facis quae heri. '^^^\^ .<\i(\^^'j^' 307. Alexander addresses his Soldiers. I. There will soon be a battle. 2. You yourselves have long desired to see this day. 3. Now you will be able to vanquish those* barbarians, who fight with bows and arrows. 4. They are the same soldiers whom you have often defeated. 5. They are led by king Darius himself, whose ancestors * made war on ^ your country. 6. This day you will fight for ^ the rule of all Asia. 7. Victory will be yours,^ if you have^° the same brave spirit, the same daring, that" you have always had. 8. The riches of the king himself, that barbarian, and of all his cities will be yours. Forward ! 1 Even. s The iste of contempt. 2 Idem . . . qui, same . . . as. ^ Mai5res. ® To you. 8 Very. "> In with ace. 10 S/ta// have. 4 100, d, 8 Use de. "^ Quam. THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 121 LESSON XLIX. The Indefinite Pronouns. 308. Paradigms. aliquis, some, afiy {person or thing) SINGULAR. N. aliquis aliqua ■thing). ^ , aliquid, aliqnod / G. alicu'iua alicuiua alicuiua D. alicui alicui alicui Ac. aliquem aliquam aliquid, allquod Ab. aliquo aliqua PLURAL. aliquo N. aliqui aliquae aliqua o. G. aliquomm aliquarum aliquorum D. ali'quibua aliquibua aliquibua Ac. aliquos aliquas aliqua Ab. ali'quibus aliquibua aliquibua a. How do the feminine nominative singular and the neuter nominative plural of aliquis and quis differ ? quidam, a, a certain {person, thing). N. quidam G. cuius'dam D. cuidam Ac. quendam Ab. quodam N. quidam G. quorun'dam D. quibua'dam Ac. quosdam Ab. quibua'dam SINGULAR. quaedam cuiuadam cuidam quandam quadam PLURAL. quaedam quanindam quibusdam quasdam quibuadam quiddam, quoddam cuiuadam cuidam quiddam, quoddam quodam quaedam quorundam quibuadam quaedam quibuadam 122 THE INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. b. Other important indefinites declined like quidam are the following : - ^^^\ source. - ' tantum, adv. [tantus], only. . iu-cognitus, -a, -um, unknown, virus, -a, -um, true. [JIUlAJl/j 310. ^^ Africa. I. Scriptor quidam vetus scripsit, "Africa insulae est similis." 2. Cuivis, qui Africae figuram spectabit, hoc esse verum videbitur, nam isthmus angustissimus est inter Asiam et Africam. 3. Ab aliis scriptoribus veteribus Aegyptus pars Asiae esse habetur.^ 4. Anti- quis temporibus maxima illius terrae pars incognita erat, sed non hodie. "Semper aliquid novi '^ ex Africa." 5. Tum de Nili fontibus nemo quidquam certi cognoverat ; nunc eidem fontes cuilibet noti sunt ; nam a quibusdam viris audacibus reperti ^ sunt. 6. Nuper quoddam flumen 1 Is considered. ^ See 203. * Have been discovered. READING LESSON. 123 Africae maximum cognitum ^ est. 7. Quis vestrum no- men huius fluminis dare potest ? — Quis nomina virorum illorum qui de eo reppererunt ? ^ ^ 311. I. There were two consuls each year in the Roman state. 2. That boy has something in his left hand. 3. I learned something new ^ yesterday. What new thing ? 4. Certain soldiers of the five hundred tried to flee, so as not to be taken. 5. We do not fear any one at all of those chiefs. 6. A part of each summer we remain in the country. LESSON L. 312. Beading Lesson. [See introductory note to Lesson XXL] CiCERONIS EpISTULA AD TeRENTIAM UxOREM. Ante Christum natum XLVI. *Si vales, bene est; ego valeo. Nos neque de Caesaris adventu neque de epistulis, quas Philotimus habere dici- tur, quidquam certi ^ habemus. Si quid* erit certi, faciam ' te statim certiorem."^ Fac ^ ut valetiidinem tuam cures. Vale.^ 1 Has become known. 6 See 203. * Have found out. ^ See 203. ^ Regularly used in the sense * The Romans often began of aliquid after si, ne, nisi, num. their letters with the abbrevi- '^ Make more certain = inform. ations of these five words : ^ Be sure (p. 103, note i). S. V. B. E. E. V. 9 Good-bye. 124 READING LESSON. 313. I^E Vitus Hominum. luppiter ^ nobis duas peras imposuit : alteram, quae nostris vitiis^ completa est, post tergum nobis dedit^; alteram, in qua aliorum vitia continentur, ante pectus nostrum suspendit. Quare non videmus ea vitia quae ipsi peccamus. Sed si alii peccant, statim eos vituperamus. 314. A Father to his Daughters. If you are in good health, it is well. I am in good health. Neither in your* letters, nor in the letters of your mother, has there been anything new at all about the wound which your poor brother is said to have received. If anything new happens,^ be sure * to inform me without any ' delay. Meanwhile, be sure also to look out for your health. Good-bye.* 315. Vocabulary. ad-ventua, -us, m. [advenio], pera, -ae, f . bag, wallet, coming, arrival. qua-re, conj. wherefore. con-tineo, -ere, -tinui, -tentua atatim, zAw. immediately. ' [teneo], contain, hold. aua-pendo, -ere, -di, -sua euro, -are, -avi, -atua, care [aub], hang up, hang. for, take care. tergum, -i, n. back. im-pono, -ere, -poaui, -Itua valetudo, -inia [valeo], f. [in], put ox place upon. state of health, health. pecco, -are, -avi, -atua, sin, vitium, -i, n. fault, vice. commit (a faulty. vitupero, -are, -avi, -atus, pectua, -oria, n. breast. blame, censure. 1 See 499. ^ shall have happened. * Ablative with completa. * Not singular. * Dedit = imposuit. ' Ullus is the adjective for * 247, a. any after a negative, sine, etc. ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. 125 LESSON LI. Accusative and Infinitive. Indirect Discourse. 316. Learn the future infinitives of sum and the model verbs. 317. Model Sentences. DIRECT STATEMENT. INDIRECT STATEMENT. 1. Tu Bcribis, you are Dicimus te scribere, we writing. say that you are writing. 2. Epistula scripta est, a Putamus epiatulam scrip- letter has been written. tam esse, we think that a letter has been written. 3. Tu scribes, you will Cognovimus te scripturum write. esse, we know you will write. a. A comparison of each sentence of the first column with the corresponding sentence of the second column will show what is meant by "Direct Statement" and "Indirect Statement." b. Compare now each Latin sentence of the second column with the translation. Observe that after the leading verb in the Latin, the accusative and infinitive are employed, and that the accusative is translated by the nominative, and the infinitive by the indicative. Observe also that there is nothing in the Latin corresponding to that, which commonly introduces the Indirect Statement in English. 318. Rule. — Indirect statements follow verbs and other expressions of saying, thinking, hnow- ing, and perceiving, and are expressed hy the infinitive with sicbject-accusative. 126 ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. 319. Tenses of the Infinitive. dicit ^ dicet \ te scribere, dixit J dicit 1 dicet \ epistulam scribi, dixit J V dicit 1 dicet V te scriptiiruni esse, dixit J dicit"] dicet 1- dixit J epistulam scriptum r he says that you are writing. \ he will say that you are writing. y he said that you were writing. he says that the letter is being ■ written. he will say that the letter is being written, he said that the letter was being written. URE. he says that you will write, he will say that you will write, he said that you would write. ' he says that the letter will be written, he will say that the letter will be written, he said that the letter would be written. PERFECT. he says that you wrote (have written'), he will say that you wrote (Jiave written), he said that you wrote (had written), he says that the letter was (has been) written, he will say that the letter was (has been) written, he said that the letter was (had been) written. ^ More commonly fore at epistula sciib&tur, etc. dicit ^ dicet \ te scripsiBBe, dixit J dicit ^ . , _ I epistulam scnptam ACCUSATIVE AND INFINITIVE. \11 a. The present infinitive represents an action as going on at the time denoted by the leading verb. The future infinitive represents an action as yet to take place after the time denoted by the leading verb. The perfect infinitive represents an action as completed at the time denoted by the leading verb. 320. Rule. — The tenses of the infinitive denote -present, future, or past time, relatively to the time of the leading verb. 321. Vocabulary, ad-sum, adesse, adfui, adfu- pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, turus, be present, be here. drive away., rout, defeat. Alexander, -dri, m. Alexander. sementis, -is, f. (sementi-), arbor, -oris, f. tree. „ ] r , (ace. -im or -em), sowing. canto, -are, -avi, -atus, sing. solvo, -ere, solvi, solutus, frigus, -oris, n. cold. loose, break. lam, adv. already, now, at spero, -are, -avi, -atus [spes], last, non iam, no longer. hope. in-cipi5, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus tego, -ere, texi, tectus, cover. [capio], begin. ver, veris, n. spring. 322. I. Ver adest ; vere ^ hiems pellitur et frigus solvitur. 2. Videmus ver adesse et vere hiemem pelli et frigus solvi. 3. Terra non iam nive tecta^ est. 4. Vi- demus terram non iam nive tectam esse. 5. Multae aves in arboribus cantant et aliae mox cantabunt. 6. Novi- mus multas aves in arboribus cantare, alias mox canta- turas esse. 7. Agricolae arare et sementem facere inceperunt. 8. Videmus agricolas arare et sementem facere incepisse. 9. Agricola sperat divitias sibi futuras esse, et nos eadem nobis ipsis speramus. 10. Este benigni, omnes dei, agricolis validis, ut content! sint. ^ See 84. ^ The participle as an adjective, hence is covered. 128 FOURTH CONJUGATION. 323. I. The sources of the Nile were unknown in ancient times. 2. It was thought by a certain ancient writer that the sources of the Nile were unknown. 3. The brave Greeks will defeat the barbarians, the army of Darius himself. 4. Alexander said that the Greeks would defeat Darius himself. 5. We think that to no general has greater praise been given than to Alexander. 6. Was not Alexander born ^ three hundred and fifty-six years before the birth of Christ ? LESSON LII. Fourth Conjugation. — i- Verbs. Audio (stem audi-), hear. Principal Parts: audio, audire, audivi, auditus. 324. Learn the present, imperfect, and future indicative, the present and imperfect subjunctive, and the present imper- ative and infinitive, active and passive, of audio (515). a. Compare the forms of audio with those of rego and capio. 325. I. Audio, audiebam, audiam. 2. Audit, audie- bat, audiet. 3. Auditur, audiebatur, audietur. 4. Audiar, audiaris. 5. Audi, audire. 6. Audimur, audiebamur, audiemur. 7. Audire, audiri. 8. Auditis, audiebatis, audietis. 9. Audiunt, audiuntur. 10. Ut audiant, ut audirent. 11. Ne audiat, ne audiret. 12. Audite, audimini. a. Like audio, inflect the same tenses of munio, fortify^ puni5, punish^ and venio, come. 1 Natus est. 1 -? FOURTH CONJUGATION, 129 326. I. He hears, he is heard. 2. He was hearing, he was heard. 3. He will fortify, it will be fortified. 4. They fortify, it is fortified. 5. They were fortify- ing, they will be fortified. 6. To fortify, to come, to punish. 7. To be fortified, to be punished. 8. Come, fortify, punish. 9. We fortify, we come, we punish. 10. You come, you punish, you are punished. 11. That I may come, that you may fortify, that he may be pun- ished. 12. That he might not be punished, that you might not come. 327. Vocabulary. aer, aeris, m. (ace. aera), air. munlo, -ire, -ivi, -itna, fortify. apefio, -ire, aperui, apertus, porta, -ae, f . gate. open. punio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, punish. cantus, -us, m. song, singing. re-perio, -ire, repperi, reper- cuBtodio, -ire, -ivi, -itus, tvis,fnd, discover. guard, protect, defend. sentio, -ire, sensi, sensus, flos, floris, m. ilower. feel, perceive, know {by the gramen, -inis, n. grass. ^JP^ "^ senses). Ui^lenis, -e, mild, gentle. venio, -ire, venirventus, come, j^ 328. I. Sermonem sapientium audire amamus. 2. Audimus Hannibalem anno ducentesimo secundo ante Christum natum victum esse. 3. Legatus se montem unum totum diem tenuisse dixit. 4. Quaque hieme qui- dam amicus ad me venit et duos aut tres dies manet. 5. Ver terram aperit vestitque gramine floribusque. 6. Tum quoque^ sentimus aera esse leniorem. 7. Mox ^ Observe the difference between quoque, also, and quoque, ablative * of qaisque, each. 130 FOURTH CONJUGATIOM, aves domos veteres reperient, et earum cantus in arbori- bus audientur. 8. Vere cantum audimus earurr^ avium quae hieme audiri non possunt. 9. Hieme tantum est frigus ut cibus ab eis non reperiri possit. 10. Audimus duas legiones in Galliam missum iri. 329. I. I am saying the very^ same things that you heard from your friend. 2. Did you not say that you had begun sowing? 3. On account of the cold I could not begin. 4. By night a messenger comes to Caesar. 5. He says that a town friendly^ to the Romans is guarded by day and night. 6. "The enemy," says he, "strong in number^ of men, is near at hand. 7. The townsmen are fortifying and guarding the town. 8. If you come,* they will open their gates to you. 9. They hope you will come soon with a large force. 10. The danger will be greater if there is any ^ delay." ■ 1 See 306, note 3. a See 168. ^ Amicus as an adjective. * Shall come. ^ Ullus. CORNUA. FOURTH CONJUGATION. 131 LESSON LIII. Fourth Conjugation. — Continued, Subjunctive after Verbs of Fearing. 330. Learn the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect indicative, and the perfect and future infinitive, active and passive, of audio (515). a. Observe that the endings -i, -isti, -it, etc., are the same in all the conjugations. 331. I. Audivit, audiverat, audiverit. 2. Auditus est, auditus erat, auditus erit. 3. Audiverunt, audiverant, audiverint. 4. Audivisti, audita es. 5. Audistis,^ audi- tae estis. 6. Auditum est, auditum erat, auditum erit. 7. Audivimus, auditi sumus. 8. Audivisse, auditus esse. 9. Audiiy^ audieram, audiero. 10. Auditus sum, audi- tus eram, auditus ero. 11. Auditurus esse. 332. I. He has punished, he has been punished. 2. He had fortified, it had been fortified. 3. You have come, you had come, you will have come. 4. They have fortified, they have punished, they have come. 5. We fortified, we punished, we came. 6. To have fortified, to have punished, to have come. 7. To have been fortified, to have been punished. 8. To be about to open, to be about to find. 9. To be about to be fortified, to be about to be punished. 1 For audivistis. See 337, b. 2 Yox audivi. 132 FOURTH CONJUGATION, 333. Model Sentences. 1 . Timeo ut veniat, ) I fear that he is not comings or 2. Timeo ne non veniat, J will not come. 3. Timeo ne veniat, I fear that he is coming, or will come. a. Observe that verbs of fearing are followed by ut and ne with the subjunctive, and that then ut and nt seem to exchange meanings : ut = that not j ne = that. b. Observe that in place of ut, ne non may be used with the same meaning, as in 2. c. Notice that the present subjunctive may be translated as ^ a future. 334. Vocabulary. ^ *^circum-venio, -ire, -veni, nihil, indecL, n. nothing. t3^^ -ventus, surround. scio, scire, scivi, scitUB, ^-iolimn, -i, n. leaf. know., know how. fortitude, -inis, f, [fortis], en- sol, solis, m. (no gen. plu.),- ^ dtirance, fortitude. sun. "^ molestus, -a, -um, trouble- turpis, -e, base, disgraceful.\i^ some, tiresome. yo2, vocis, f. voice, oi^ofd 1 335. I . Timemus ut bonum consilium capias. 2. Time- mus ne malum consilium capias. 3. Timebat ut valerem ; timebat ne aeger essem. 4. Alius alium in pugna iuva- bat neque timebant ne ab hostibus circumvenirentur. 5. Legati timuerunt ne frumentum toti exercitui praeberi non posset. 6. Audivimus castra ab imperatore munita esse. 7. Si frigus hiemis solvi incipiet, et si terra se aperiet,^ agricolae sementem facient. 8. Scimus aestatem 1 Se aperiet = op ens ^ i.e. softens. -V Y^cvJ^oT]^-^-^^^^^ FOURTH CONJUGATION. 133 arbores foliis vestituram (esse).^ 9. Scimus quoque aera* vere' leniorem futurum.^ 10. Speramus avis mox adfutu- ras et in arboribus cantaturas. 11. Timemus ne noster sermo de vere, avibus, gramine, floribus sit molestissimus, sed quid aliud facere possumus ? 336. I. We know that the Romans were trained in the arts by the Greeks. 2. Flowers are opened by the light of the sun. 3. The lieutenant with a small band guarded the citadel for two days. 4. To know nothing is exceedingly* disgraceful. 5. To know many things is very useful. 6. We fear that the camp will not be fortified. 7. Did you not hear the voice of your father? 8. Those words of yours I have heard. 9. The boy feared that his brother would be punished on account of his laziness. 1 In the compound forms of the ^ gee 327. infinitive esse is often omitted. ^ See 155. * See 194, c. MILITE8 ROMANI. 134 REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. LESSON LIV. Review of the Pour Conjugations. 337. The conjugations are distinguished by the vowel before the ending -re of the present infinitive active. Thus : I. amare, characteristic vowel a. II. monere, " " e. III. regere, " " ie. IV. audire, " " L a. Note that verbs in -15 of the third conjugation have some forms like the fourth. Which are they.? b. In the perfect and cognate tenses, v between two vowels is often lost, when contraction may take place : laudasse for laudavisse, audistis for audivistis, audieram for audiveram. 338. I. Amamus, monemus, regimus, audimus. 2. Lau- dant, delent, regunt, capiunt, veniunt. 3. Superabam, terrebam, ponebam, capiebam, audiebam. 4. Portavisti, habuisti, posuisti, fugisti, munisti. 5. Paraverunt, tenue- runt, defenderunt, cupierunt, piinierunt. 6. Amabit, monebit, mittet, iaciet, veniet. 7. Fugatur, terretur, ponitur, capitur, vestitur. 8. Servaberis, teneberis, duce- ris, iacieris, vestieris. 9. Laudari, praeberi, dici, iaci, vestiri. 10. Educata est, monita est, educta est, capta est, punita est. 1 1 . Portaveratis, riseratis, rexeratis, ceperatis, audiveratis. 12. Amasse, amabit, nosse, audisti. 339. I. Thou lovest, thou advisest, thou rulest, thou takest, thou hearest. 2. I shall praise, I shall remain, I shall defend, I shall take, I shall fortify. 3. Fight, REVIEW OF THE FOUR CONJUGATIONS. 135 destroy, defend, throw, guard. 4. To have fought, to have destroyed, to have defended, to have thrown, to have guarded. 5. We are praised, we are moved, we are conquered, we are thrown, we are guarded. 6. It has oeen carried, he has been frightened, she has been led, it has been thrown, he has been heard. 7. He will be saved, he will be held,- he will be sent, he will be captured, he will be clothed. In the following exercises find sentences illustrating the various uses of the subjunctive and infinitive thus far given: 340. I. Veni ut manerem. 2. Tarn tristes sumus ut ridere non possimus. 3. Veniebas ne lugeremus. 4. Dixerunt Marcum esse sapientem. 5. Dux timuit ut milites venirent. 6. Mllites timent ne hostes veniant. 7. Vos non timetis ne amici non veniant. 8. Venient ut maneant. 9. Dicitur^ risisse. 10. Dicitur'^ eum risisse. 11. Cornelia filios suos educavit ut florerent. 12. Consul Catilinam, patriae hostem, monuit ne in urbe maneret. 13. Agricola ver mox adfuturum sperat, ut sementem faciat. 341. I. You have come to stay. 2. He says that you will stay. 3. The boy is so lazy that he cannot learn. 4. The master fears that he will not learn. 5. He stays at home that he may not learn. 6. The senate sent a messenger to the army to carry letters to the consul. 7. Cicero said that there was nothingc^certain about the letters. 8. Why did not Jupiter put the wallet that con- tains our own faults before our breasts, so that we might see them } 1 Here dicitur is personal; he 2 Here dicitur is impersonal; is said. it is said {that). IT- 136 DERIVATION. V LESSON LV. Derivation. 342. To aid in acquiring a Latin vocabulary, a close obser- vation of related words is very important. Beginning with 270, the vocabularies have been prepared with a view to help the learner in this direction. The parts of compound words are separated by hyphens (re-cipio [capio]). Related words that have been previously used are put in brackets (nobilis [nosco]). These are not to be considered necessarily as the primitives or originals of the words against which they stand, but as connected with them in formation from a co?nmon root or stem. • English derivatives are indicated by different type. In the general vocabulary further attention is given to this subject. The following groups of words, selected mainly from previous vocabularies, should be carefully studied : 343. Models, 1. arma, arms. armo, arm. 2. flos, flower. floreo, bloom. 3. cura, care. euro, care for. a. Give the verbs with their meanings that correspond to the following nouns : donum, gift^ culpa, blame, bellum, war^ iugdi, flight, IsLVis, praise. b. Give the nouns with their meanings that correspond to the following verbs : libero, set free, -gvignOffght, spero, hope, teixe^y frighten, vulnero, wound. 344. Models. 1. audax, bold. audacia, boldness. 2. diligens, diligent. diligentia, diligence. 3. diaLiQVLB, friendly. amiciXia., friendship. DERIVA TION. 137 a. Give the abstract nouns with their meanings that corre- spond to the following : priidens, prudent; piger, lazy j sciens (P. of scio), knowing; victor, victor. 345. Models. 1. vx^QxaA, young. iuventus, j(?«M. 2. magnus, great. magnitudo, greatness. 3 . liber, free. libertas, freedo77t . a. Give the abstract nouns corresponding to vir, man, fortis, brave. b. Form a noun like magnitiido, meaning widths from latus, wide; another from alius, high^ and define it. c. Form a noun like libertas, meaning citizenship, from civis, citizen. 346. Models. I. ^ro, plough, V. aratrum, plough, n. 2. orno, adorn. ornamentum, adornment. 3. rodo, gnaw. rostrum, beak. a. What is the force of the endings -tram and -mentum respec- tively in the above words ? Give the meaning of monumentum from moneo, remind. 347. Models. 1. Bcribo, write. scriptor, writer. 2. vinco (vie-), conquer. victor, conqueror. 3. impero, command. imperator, commander. a. Give the meaning of dator from do, give; of doctor from doceo, teach. 348. Models. 1. Africa, Africa. Africanus, of Africa, African. 2. Roma, Rome. Romanus, of Rome, Roman. 3. aurum, gold. aureus, of gold, golden. 4. facio, do. iBL.QiMs {that may be done), easy. 138 DERIVATION. a. Observe that the ending -anus denotes of or belonging to, -eus, ^nade of, and that -ills denotes capability. Give the meaning of oppidanus, adj., from oppidum, town; of nobilis, from nosco, know. Form an adjective meaning wooden irova lignum, wood. 349. Models. 1. 'peAes, foot-soldier. peditatus, body of foot- soldiers, infantry. 2. eques, horseman. equitatus, body of horsemen, cavalry. a. What is the meaning of comitatus from comes, comrade f Compare senex with senatus, and explain the meaning of the latter. 350. Note the force of the prefixes in the following : ad-ventus (ad-venio, come ^ e-duco, lead out. to), approach. ex-pono, put or set out, ad-sum, be near. expose. circum-duco, lead around. circum-venio, come around. im-pono [in], put upon, impose. in-stnio, build in, instruct. surround. com-moveo, move completely disturb, alarm. pro-cedo, go before, go for- com-pleo, fill completely, fill ^^^^^ advance, proceed. ^P' pro-pono, put before, pro- con-tineo [com, teneo], hold pose, together, contain. dif-ficili8(fordis-facilis,yrrhus, -i, m. Pyrrhus. ^U/UJ/l graviter [gravis], adv. ^tf^^/zTy, re-dtico, -ere, -duxi, ductus, severely. lead back. historia, -ae, f. history. venenum, -i, n. poison. inter-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus, vicinus, -a, -um, fteighboring. [facio], kill. . vincio, -ire, vinxi, vinctus, ira, -ae, f. anger. bind. 355. I. Fabricius consul f actus contra Pyrrhum, re- gem quendam, missus est. 2. Accidit ut consul ipse et Pyrrhus castra vicina haberent. 3. Fabricius timens ne rex impetum faceret castra miinivit. 4. De ^ nocte medi- cus Pyrrhi ad Fabricium venit. 5. "Ego," inquit, "si mihi praemium dederis, dominum meum veneno interfi- ciam." 6. **Tu, pessime,^" inquit Fabricius, "ad tuum dominum statim vinctus mitteris." 7. Tum medicuni 1 In. a Miscreant. See 207. PRESENT AND PERFECT PARTICIPLE. 141 vinctum ad Pyrrhum regem reduci iussit. 8. Sed Pyrrhus ira commotus ^ medicum non interfecit. 9. Nonne eum graviter punivit ? 10. Historia non narrat medicum a Pyrrho.punitum esse. 356. I. The Gauls will attack the Romans )vhile they are fortifying their camp. 2} They 'led their forces out of the camp and drew "^fhem tip. 3. In the plain many animals were found which had been killed. 4. Though moved by anger, we shall not fight. 5. Fabric- ius heard the physician, but ordered him to be bound. 6. If the physician is set free,* he will be glad. 7. The physician was very glad, because he was set free. 1 See 353, 3. 2 See 353, 7. » See 353, 5. Cicero. 142 DEPONENT VERBS. LESSON LVII. Deponent Verbs. The Ablative with certain Deponents. 357. Review the passive voice of the moods and tenses already studied of the model verbs. 358. Deponent verbs are passive in form, but active in meaning. There are deponents of each of the regular conjugations, distinguished, like verbs in the active voice, by the present infinitive. The endings of the infinitive are as follows : First conjugation . . -ari Third conjugation . . -i Second conjugation . -eri Fourth conjugation . -iri a. For the method of giving the principal parts of deponent verbs, see the next vocabulary. 359. Deponents are conjugated like the passive of other verbs, with two exceptions : (i) they sub- stitute the future infinitive active for the passive, — miraturus esse in place of miratum iri ; (2) they have the participles of both voices : mirans, admiring. miratus, having admired. miraturus, about to admire. mirandus, to be admired. a. It has been said (351, a) that there is no perfect active participle in Latin ; but the perfect participle of deponent verbs is usually active in meaning. DEPONENT VERBS, 143 360. Model Sentences. 1 . Utor mea pecunia, / use my owfi money. 2. Catilina nostra patientia abutitur, Catiline abuses our patience. 3. Dux profectus cum equitatu urbe potitus est, the commander^ having set out with cavalry , got possession of the city. 4. Luce soils fruimur, we enjoy the light of the sun. a. A peculiarity of Latin syntax is illustrated in the above sentences. Certain verbs, which, from their meanings we should expect to be transitive, govern the ablative. 361. Rule. — Utor, friior, fiing-or, potior, vescor, and their compounds, govern the ablative. 362. Vocabulary. ab-utor, -uti, -usus sum, sequor, sequi, secutus sum, abuse. follow. fruor, frui, fructus sum, utor, uti, usus sum, use, enjoy. einploy. fungor, fungi, fiinctus sum. semi-deponents. perform. ^MA''\.^>Ia/5>V audeo, -ere, ausus sum, dare. miror, -ari, -atu& sum, admire, fido, -ere, fisus sum [fidus], wonder^ wonder at. trust. potior, -iri, -itus sum, get gaudeo, -ere, gavisus sum, possession of get., gain. rejoice^ be glad. pro-ficiscor, -i, -fectus sum, soleo, -ere, solitus sum, be set out., march., go. wont, be accustomed. a. The last four verbs are called semi-deponents, because they have only passive forms (with active meanings) in the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect. 144 DEPONENT VERBS, 363. I. Abusus est tua patientia. 2. Medicus vene- no non usus est. 3. Castris hostium potiti sumus. 4. Quis sole et aere non fruitur? 5. Tuam vocem sequemur. 6. Profectus est in Italiam. 7. Ausus est in Ttaliam proficisci. 364. I. The children wonder at the flowers. 2. They were wont to perform tasks. 3. We all rejoiced in that victory.^ 4. Having been set free, he rejoiced. 5. They have dared nothing. 6. The general trusted in the valor of his soldiers. 365. I. Quivis^ sermone sapientium fruitur. 2. Frui- mur luce quae a Deo nobis datur. 3. Pueri, bene et fideliter functi estis vestro penso. 4. Nostri secuti hostis interfecerunt magnum numerum. 5. Aliquis ausus est meis libris uti. ^6. Tibi fisus tuum consilium secutus sum. 7. Imperator victoria militum gavisus est. 8. Milites itinera tribus diebus longiora facere soliti sunt. 9. Time- bam ne puer istis libris non cum cura uteretur. to. Le- niore aere frui soliti eramus. 11. Putavimus hostis nostris castris potituros esse. 366. I. The soldiers dared to follow, trusting in their leader. 2. We see that you have followed bad advice, and that you will be punished.* 3. Our men will get possession of the mountain and the plain. 4. In the camp were found three hundred hostages, whom the victors set free. 5. The Romans wondered at the great stature* of the Germans. 6. The army set out^ for® the territories of the Belgae, and made a march of ten days. 1 See 132. * Size of body. * See 308, b. * Express by a participle. • Pfinitum iri. • Use in. COLLOQUIUM. 145 367. Colloquium, Pater et Filiolus. P. Ades, mi filiole, et mihi ostende libellum istum. little book F. Eccum, care pater, si libellum Latinum videre cupis. ^"•■^'^" p. Quod pensum tibi hodie imperavit praeceptor ? impose teacher F. Pensum de verbis deponentibus quae ad coniuga- tiones omnis pertinent. deponent belong P. Quam ob rem sic appellantur ista verba ? wherefore so F. Quia formam activam et significationem passivam form meaning plerumque deposuerunt. Sic nos praeceptor docuit. generally lay aside has taught P. Quod autem pensum in crastinum diem imperavit praeceptor? ^"' ^°'' to-morrow has imposed F. Ad haec addidit praeceptor alia multa. At tu, mi has added but pater, Latinae linguae iam puer studebas ? already P. Certe, filiole, idque vehementer. right hard F. Num ego, si diligenter studuero, eruditus ut tu - ;> learn learned as P. Vix tam eruditus. At iam tibi eundum est dormitum. "°* must be going to bed 146 IRREGULAR VERBS. LESSON LVIII. Irregular Verbs volo, nolo, niiilo. Dative with Intransitive Verbs. I volo, velle, VOlui, be willing^ wish, will. nolo, nolle,. nolui [ne, volo], be unwilling, will not. malo, malle, malui [magis, vol5], be more willing, prefer, would {should) rather. 368. Learn the conjugation of volo, nolo, malo, omitting the perfect subjunctive (519). 369. I. Vult venire; dicit se velle venire. 2. Nolunt sequi ; dixerunt se nolle sequi. 3. Vis discere ; scimus te velle discere. 4. Voluimus scire. 5. Noluisti audire. 6. Accidit ut vellet custodire. 7. Dicitur^ hoc donum -maluisse. 8. Putantur voluisse. 9. Volens'aut nolens ^^,^^ illud pensum faciet. 10. Mavult reduci. 11. Norl vultis instrui. 12. Noli^ terreri. 13. Nolite ^ circumvenlri. .-/ 370. I. Do not (sing.) fear. 2. Do not (//.) wonder. 3. Do not punish. 4. You wish to be guarded. 5. You {sing.) are unwilling to be guarded. 6. He prefers to be set free. 7. He is unwilling to be bound. 8. It happens that he is unwilling to come. 9. We want to enjoy the light. 10. We prefer to perform the task. 1 He is said. * Do not. IRREGULAR VERBS. 147 371. Model Sentences. 1 . Iste liber mihi placet maxime, that book of yotirs pleases me very much. 2. Aliqui suis amicis nocent, sotne people injure their own friends. 3. Legibus parere debemus, we ought to obey the laws. 4. Fratri persuadet ut hoc faciat, he persuades his brother to do this. a. Observe that the verbs placed, noceo, pared, and persua- ded are intransitive and govern the dative, while the English equivalents are transitive. The same is true of a number of other Latin verbs. 372. Rule. — Most verbs -meaning to favor, please, believe, trust, help, and their opposite^, also to persuade, command, obey, sei^ve, resist, pardon, and spare, and the lihe, govern the dative. 373. Vocabulary. credo, -ere, credidi, creditus, placeo, -ere, placui, placitus, believe. be pleasing to, please. faveo, -ere, favi, fauturus, favor. cor-rigo, -ere, -rexi, -rectus noceo, -ere, nocui, nocitunis, [com, rego], correct. do harm to, injtire. pro-gredior, -gredi, -gressus parco, -ere, peperci, parsus, ^Mvci\%x2idlo\\, go forward., spare. advance, progress. per-suadeo, -ere, -si, -suasus, . provincia, -ae, f. province. persuade. '^:>.- J-^ l::,^-^^^ J C^OOJ;'_quod, conj. because. 374. I. Cur mihi persuadere vultis ut in hortum veniam? 2. Te in hortum venire volumus ut fontes 148 IRREGULAR VERBS. arboresque videas. 3. Puer usus magistri libris nihil discebat. 4. Sua ^ cuique placent. 5. Isti fabulae cre- dere non possum. 6. Aliorum vitia vituperare malumus quarri nostra corrigere. 7. Milites urbe potiti neque mulieribus neque liberis pepercerunt. 8. Noli amicorum patientia abuti. 9. Et sibi et rei publicae nocebit, si longius^ progredietur. 10. Milites gavisi sunt quod urbe cum omni praeda potiti erant. 375. I. The whole province favored Pompey alone.'' 2. We cannot follow the enemy without great peril. 3. That night was without a moon, so that we could not see. 4. Why are you unwilling to perform your tasks ? 5. Why do you wish ta injure me, your best friend t 6. The boy, though often warned, was not wont to cor- rect his faults. 7. We wish to go forward to the end of the journey. 8. Any one you please would rather be loved than feared. 1 His own {things). 2 jjee 194, c. 3 See 291. Testudo. READING LESSON. 149 LESSON LIX. 376. Reading Lesson. Ars Memoriae. Themistocles fuit vir ingeni magni. Olim eruditus homo ad eum venit artemque memoriae eum docere voluit. " Haec,^ inquit, "ars facere potest ut omnia ^ memoria^ teneas." Themistocles autem, " Magis," in- quit, "mihi ta placebis, si me oblivisci multa^ docueris." 377. Cerva et Vitis. dim cerva, quae celerrime fugiebat ut venatorum e manibus se eriperet, sub vitem se condidit. Interea venatores sequentes, longius progrediuntur. Cerva autem non iam timens venatores incipiebat foHa vitis carpere. FoHa agitantur, quod vident venatores et sta- tim reveniunt. Mox sentiunt ibi bestiam aUquam sub foliis latere et sagittis cervam vulnerant. Brevi tempore misera bestia vulneribus ^ moritur, sed moriens dlcit, " lijstas do poenas, nam huic viti, quae me tegebat, nocere non debui.^ 378. I. Once upon a time a deer, fleeing swiftly, escaped from the hunters. 2. Hiding under a vine, she nibbled the leaves. 3. But the hunters, who had gone on too far, soon came back. 4. They saw the leaves shake,^ and thought something was hiding there. 5. With their arrows they wounded the poor creature. 6. " My punishment is just," says she, while dying, " for by nibbling I hurt the vine which protected"^ me." 1 With ars. ^ / ought not to have injured. 2 How are omnia and multa ^ Passive infinitive. used,!* * See 84. * See 132. '^ Express by participle of tego. 150 CUM-CLAUSES. 379. Vocabulary. autem, conj. (never the first iustus, -a, -um, jusi. word), but, however. lateo, -ere, latui , lurk, ; bestia, -ae, f . beast, creature. lie hid. carpo, -ere, -si, -tus, ^luck, morior, mori, mortuus sum, nibble. die. celeriter, adv. swiftly. obliviscor, -i, oblitus sum, cerva, ae, f. deer, hind. forget. doceo, -ere, -ui, -tus, teach. re-venio, -ire, -veni, , do (dare, etc.) poenas, suffer come back, return. punishntent. sub, prep, with ace. and abl., e-ripio, -ere, eripui, ereptus up to, under. [rapio], seize, snatch; se venator, -oris, m. hunter. eripere, escape. vitis, -is, f. (viti-), vine. LESSON LX. Clauses introduced by cum, when, 380. Learn the pluperfect subjunctive of sum, and of the model verbs in the active and passive. 381. Model Sentences. 1 . Cum Caesar in Galliam Venit, Aedui Romanfs amici erant, when Caesar came into Gaul, the Aeduans were friendly to the Romans. 2. Id DOS faciemus, cum tu domum veneris, we shall do this when you come {shall have come) home. 3. Cum frumenti copia in agris esset, ezercitus pro- fectus est, when there was an abundance of grain in the fields^ the army set out. 4. Dux, cum castra munita essent, ad hostis propera- vit, when the camp had been fortified, the commander hastened against the enemy. CUM -CLAUSES. 151 a. Observe the mood and tenses in i and 2, in the cum- clause ; then the same in 3 and 4. 382. Rule. — In a cum-clause expressing time, the verb is in the subjunctive if the tense is the ^imperfect or pluperfect ; , otherwise, in the indicatvde]^ "% ^^ ^J^ J^-'^. 383. Vocabulary. ab-eo, -ire, -ii, -itvuuB, go fro7n, im-pudens, -entis [in, not, pu- go away, go off (520). dens, fnodesf], bold, brazen, ali-quando, adv. [alius], at impudent. some time, o?tce. '\^inaid. iiissu, m. (only abl.), by order. ancnia, -ae, f. inaid-s.erva}it, munus, -eris, n. duty, office. captivus, -i, m. captive. post, prep, with ace, after, be- ex-clamo, -are, -avi, -atus, hind; as adv., afterwards, cry out, exclaim. quaero, -ere, quaesivi, quae- hic, adv. here, hereupon. situs, ask for, inquire. re-spondeo, -ere, -di, -sponsus, answer, reply, respond. 384. 1. Cum iussi essent dicere, unus incepit. 2. Mi- lites, cum oppidum ceperunt, omnis incolas interfecerunt. 3. Milites, cum oppidum cepissent, omnis incolas interfe- cerunt. 4. Cum ei , fabulani narrarem, subito ridebat. 5. Imperator nuntioi' duce ^ usus exercitum per silvas duxit. 6. Captivus, cum iussia imperatoris nomen quae- reretur, nihil respondit. 7. Victor! nomen captivi quae- renti, nihil est responsum. 385. Nasica et Ennius. Nasica aliquando ad poetam^ Ennium venit et eum quaesivit. Ei ^ quaerenti ancilla respondit Ennium domi non esse. Nasica sensit illam * domini iiissu hoc dixisse 1 As guide. ^ To him, \.e., Nasica. a That is, to the house of the poet. * That she. See 245, a. 152 CUM-CLAUSES. et Ennium domi esse. Paucis post diebus, cum ad Nasi- cam venisset Enhius et eum quaereret, exclamat Nasica se domi non esse. Tum Ennius, "Quid? ego non cognosco," inquit, "vocem tuam ? " Hie Nasica : " Homo es impudens. Ego, cum te quaererem, ancillae^ tuae dicenti te domi non esse credidi ; tu mihi ipsi non credis V 386. I. When Nasica came to Ennius, the latter'^ did not wish to see him. 2. Therefore, Ennius wished the maid to say that he was not at home, when Nasica should ask^ for him.* 3. He did not fear that Nasica would not believe the maid. 4. Did the maid perform her duty in * obeying her master? 5. When Nasica had asked for his friend, the poet, he went away.^ 6. He went away wondering. . - 1 Depends on credidi (372), and has dicenti in agreement with it. 2 See 100. e. 3 Plup. subjunctive. 4 Se, not eum. ^ Omit. 6 abiit. Calcei. ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 153 LESSON LXI. Ablative Absolute. 387. Model Sentences. I . V e n t o fa vente, navis in por turn venit, 2. Consul, pace facta, Romam ve- nit, 3. Te duce hos- tiB vincemus, 4. Augustus, Cicerone consule, natus est^ {the wind favoring^ 1 , ... , -^ . , ,'^' \the ship cai whefi the. wind favored, > . . , . . , , into port. With a favoring wind, J peace having been made, "^ when (or after^ peace had been made, because peace had been made, , having made peace, (you {being^ leader, '\ since you are our leader, nfyou are our leader, j^ \inder your leadership, . with you for a leader, J {Cicero (beinjA consul, "1 . X , Augustus was when C. was consul, V ^ in the consulship of C, the consul came to Rome. we shall defeat the enemy. born. a. Observe that in i and 2 a noun and a participle are put in the ablative to express the time, cause, or some other cir- cumstance of the action of the main verb. In 3 and 4 the participle is wanting, as the verb sum has no present participle. In 3 a noun and a pronoun are used ; in 4, two nouns. An adjective and a noun may be used in the same way. b. Observe that the noun or pronoun in the ablative is never the same as the subject or object of the main verb. The words in the ablative are cut off grammatically from the rest of the sen- tence, hence this ablative is called the Ablative Absolute. 154 ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE. 388. Rule. — The ablative ah solute is used to express the time, cause, condition, or some other circumstance of the action of the main verb. c. Observe the various renderings of the ablative absolute. The literal translation is given first in each case, but this ought seldom or never to be done in rendering Latin into English, except to show that the construction is understood. d. In the second sentence notice the difference between the Latin and English idioms. We may say, the consul, having made peace, came to Rome; but the Latin has no perfect participle corresponding to having made, therefore, the perfect passive participle must be used in the ablative with pace. The same idea might be expressed by a clause with cum. e. From the nature of deponent verbs (passive form with active meaning), it will be seen that the English perfect active participle {having made, etc.) can be directly expressed in Latin, only when there is a deponent verb of the right meaning : Caesar having set out, Caesar profectus. 389. Vocabulary. a-gnosco, -ere, -gnovi, -gnitus ex-specto, -are, -avi, -atus, [ad], recognize. await, wait for, expect. ante, prep. w. ace, before. Germanus, -i, m. a German, Cato, -onis, m. Cato. gloria, -ae, f. glory, fame, co-hortor, -ari, -atus sum renown. [com], exhort, urge, en- Marius, -i, m. Marius. courage. oc-cido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus conficio, -ere, -feci, -fee- [ob, caedo, <:«/], slay, kill. tus [facio], accomplish, signum, -i, n. sign, signal, finish. standard. 390. I. Hannibal, montibus superatis,^ in Italiam ve- nit. 2. Hannibal, viso fratris occisi capite, "Agnosco," ^ Having passed over. ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE, 155 inquit, "fortunam Carthaginis." 3. Equites, equis incita- tis, impetum fecerunt. 4. Caesar milites paucis vocibus cohortatus, signum proeli dedit. 5. Labienus, monte occupato, nostros exspectabat. 6. Labienus, cum montem occupavisset, nostros exspectabat. 7. Catone mortuo, nulla iam ^ fuit res publica. • 8. Hoc oppidum, paucis defendentibus,^ Caesar expugnare non potuit. 9. Belgae magna in bello gloria * potiti putabant se feliciter dimica- turos. 10. Consiliis eorum cognitis Caesar castra movit, et magno * itinere facto eos fugavit. 391. I. We shall be victors under the leadership of Caesar. 2. Caesar was wont to encourage his men before a battle in a fe^y words. 3. After hostages had been given, peace was made with the Gauls. 4. Since the war was finished, Caesar returned into Hither Gaul. 5. In the consulship of Marius the Germans were defeated in a great battle. 6. When Marius ^ had been made consul, he defeated the Germans in a great battle. 7. The brave soldier, having performed^ his duty, did not fear blame. ^ Nulla iam = no longer any. 2 Translate though, etc. 8 See 361. * Forced. s Latin order : Marius, when he, etc. 6 Why not in the ablative ."* Pharetra cum Sagittis. 156 READING LESSON. LESSON LXII. 392. Reading Lesson. Gallia Pacata. Omni Gallia pacata, tanta huius belli fama ad barbaros perlata est ut ab Germanis, qui trans Rhenum incolebant, mitterentur legati ad Caesarem, qui se obsides daturos ^^^^^ pollicebantur, nam timebant ne Caesar suam terram vastaret. Quos legates Caesar, quod ^ in Ttaliam prope- rabat, inita proxima aestate^ ad se reverti iussit. Ipse, legionibus in hiberna ductis, in Ttaliam profectus est. His rebusf gestis ex litteris * Caesaris supplicatio dies quindecim decreta est, quod* ante id tempus accidit nulli. . ft...'c. ^^ iwu..v>.>^-- ^^ *-^ it,c/^ ^6wi>t . 393. I. So great was Caesar's last victory that after the battle had been fought^ all the Gauls gave hostages. 2. After Further Gaul was subdued, Caesar set out for Hither Gaul, and the army returned to winter quarters. 3. When summer had begun,^ the deputies returned to Caesar. 4. "Have you," said he, "done those things which I ordered?" 5. They replied that they had obeyed all his orders. 6. So great was the joy at Rome on account of Caesar's victories that a thanksgiving was decreed. 1 Not the relative. 8 On account of the despatches. ^ The next summer having * The relative is neuter, be begun = at the beginning of the cause it refers to a clause. next summer ; marks, the time * Use a form of facio. of reverti. * Express in two ways. COMPOUNDS OF SUM. 157 394. Vocabulary. de-cemo, -ere, -crevi, -cretus, ob, prep. w. ace, on account of. decide^ determine, decree. paco, -are, -avi, -atus [pax], hiberna, -onim, n. (pi.) make quiet, subdue. [hiems], winter quarters per-fero, -ferre, -tuli, -latua, (castra understood). spread abroad (521). imperatum, -i, n. [impero, polliceor, -eri, -itus sum,, comfnand'], order, com- promise, mand. re-vertor, -i, reverti, reversua in-colo, -ere, -colui, — — , (deponent in pres., impf . and [incola], dwell; inhabit.' fut.), turn back, return. in-eo, -ire, -ii, -itus, go in, supplicatio, -onis, f. thanks- begin (520). giving. LESSON LXIII. Compounds of Sum. Dative with Compounds. — Dative of Service. 395. Possum has been already treated in Lesson XLVII. The other compounds of sum are inflected like sum, except prosum. Prosum is compounded of prod (old form of pro, /^ profuit. Multae epistulae Ciceronis et eius amicorum supersunt. Prodeste amicis. Amicis este in periculo praesidio. 403. I. In Hannibal there was great foresight and bravery. 2. He was long absent from his own country, making war upon the Romans. 3. He commanded armies in Spain and Italy. 4. He was present at many battles, and was a terror^ to the Romans. 5. He bene- fited his country in many ways.^ 6. But his enemies in his own land injured him. 7. Scipio defeated him in battle in Africa. 8. He survived this battle many years. 9- 1 For a terror. 2 Things. See 168. * Turn the sentence round renown will never be wanting. CURRUS. THE IRREGULAR VERB EO. 161 LESSON LXIV. The Irregular Verb eo, go. Principal Parts : e5, ire, ivi (ii), iturus. Expressions of Place. ^Ablative of Separation. 404. Learn the conjugation of eo, except the perfect sub- junctive, the gerund, and supine. (520.) a. The root is i ; observe where it is changed to e in the present indicative and subjunctive, and in the present participle. 405. The following prepositions, which take the ablative, have been used in preceding exercises : a (ab), a'way,fro7n; by. e (ex), otit of , from. cum, with. pro, before, for. dJe,from^ concerning. sine, without. a. These are the common prepositions that take the abla- tive. Most other prepositions take the accusative ; but in and sub are sometimes followed by the ablative, sometimes by the accusative. b. In after verbs expressing motion has the meanings into, to, towards, for, against, and takes the accusative. c. In after verbs expressing rest has the meanings, in, on, at, and takes the ablative. d. Sub, under, up to, after verbs expressing motion, takes the accusative ; after verbs expressing rest, takes the ablative. 162 THE IRREGULAR VERB E6. 406. * Models. fine lini oppido, in the town. Italia, in Italy, ad flumen, to the river. in urbem, into the town. in Italiam, to or into Italy. , J Athenis, at or in Athens. Arpini, at or in Arpinum. Carthagini, at or in Carthage. Romae, at or in Rome. Athenas, to Athens. Romam, to Rome. . « . t\x> A ex diSJ^la, frofn the^elds. ^AXhenlB, from Athens. ex Italia, frovt Italy. } Roma, frorn Rome. a. All the above ways of expressing place have been illus- trated in preceding lessons, and are familiar to the learner, except the last (Athenis, Roma). Observe that in the first column a preposition is used in every expression of place, while in the second column (names of towns only) no prepo- sition is used. b. Again, observe in the first column how (i) place where is expressed, (2) place whither, (3) place whence, and com- pare, group by group, with the second column, 407. Rule for names of towns: L Place where is expressed by the locative. 2. Place whiiner is expressed by the accusative without tb-^preposition. 3. Place ivhence is expressed by the ablative without a preposition.' y -^ yM - ;,4^jc/i^u?J a. Domus, home^ and liis, the country, have the construction of names of towns. So also names of small islands. THE IRREGULAR VERB E6. 163 408. domi, at home. domum, (Jo) home, domo, from home. Paradigm. riiri, ift the country. nis, to^ into the country. riire, from the country. 409. Vocabulary. Alpes, -ium, f. (Alpi-), the Alps. arceo, -ere, -cui, , keep off. avarus, -a, -um, greedy^ rapa- cious^ avaricioiis. careo, -ere, -ui, -itunis, lack^ be in want of. de-fensor, -oris, m. defender. ex-eo, -ire, -ii, -itus, go out. in-eo, -ire, -ii, -itus, go in, enter on. -is, m. (mensi-). mensis, fnonth. nascor, -i, natus sum, be born. red-eo, -ire, -ii, -itus [re-], go back, return. regnum, -i, n. kingdom, throne. spolio, -are, -avi, -atus, de- prive, rob, despoil. trans-eo, -ire, -ii, -itus, go over, cross. vacuus, -a, -um, destitute of. 410. I. Voluerunt ire Corinthum. 2. Nolunt exire Athenls. 3. Mavult redire Carthaginem. 4. In urbem ibunt. 5. Eunt Corintho. 6. It ex urbe. 7. lerunt do- mum. 8. Dixerunt s§ domum ituros. 9. Redeunt rus. 10. Dicit me rus iturum. 11. Timet ut eant domum. 411. I. We shall go to Rome. 2. They will return from Gaul. 3. He crossed. 4. He says he crossed. 5. They enter. 6. He entered. 7. We are unwilling to enter. ^8. Don't return to the city, 9. Remain at Carthage. 10. You were returning from the country. 11. They fear that he will return to the country. ^♦^.•>yr»i 164 THE IRREGULAR VERB EO. 412. Model Sentences. 1. Hoc me libera ^erlcnlo, free me from this danger. 2. Hie homo cibo caret, this man is in want of food. 3. Germani Romanos a finibus suis arcebant, the Ger- mans kept the Ro7nans off from their lands. a. Observe the use of the ablative to denote that from which there is freedom, removal, or separation, or that which is lacking. The ablative so used answers the question f rom_ what? -of what? and is called the Ablative of Separa- tion. The ablative of place whence^ with or without a preposition, is an aSlative of separatio n. 413. Rule. — Words signifying privation, re- moval, or separation are followed hy the ablative, with or without a preposition. 414. I. Legati Roma missi Carthaginem ierunt. 2. Hunc ille deus a suis aris arcebit. 3. Cum Milti- ades insulam quandam non posset expugnare, rediit Athenas. 4. Alexander, patre mortuo, regnum iniit. 5. Ista cura liberatus gaudebo omnibus cum civibus. 6. Alpes ante Hannibalem cum exercitO transiit nemo. 7. Urbs defensoribus vacua fuit. 8. Avari milites aras spoliaverunt donis. 9. Helvetii e suis finibus exire voluerunt. 10. Duobus itineribus domo exire poterant. 415. I. We removed from the city into the country. 2. When we had remained two months in the country we returned home. 3. The goddess will keep the Romans from her temple. 4. My boy, that horse lacks grain and water. 5. Cicero was born at Arpinum, in Italy. COLLOQUIUM, 165 6. From Arpinum he removed to Rome, in which city he was educated. 7. Caesar says that he will go with the tenth legion alone. 8. My friend lacked money. 416. Colloquium. TiTYRUS ET MeLIBOEUS. T. Aliquis ianuam pulsat. I, puer, aperi ianuam. door knock \_Meliboeus trlstl vultu passibus tar cits introit.'] steps slow enter Salve, amice, diu me non adisti. Cur iste tuus vultus how do you do have visited tristis .'' M. Eheu ! mi Tityre, abeo e mea patria. go away T. C\xx abis 1 Quo abibis ? Noli relinquere haec arva dulcia. ^^'^^ pleasant. M. Quid tibi vis ? Meos agros militibus impiis donavit what would you have me do wicked give Octavianus. Magna pars gregum interiit. Ipse perii. flocks have perished. am undone T. Minime, amice ; adi ad Octavianum ; ille est benig- nus, neque vult te perire. Tu agros recipies. to be ruined M. Parvae spes mihi sunt redeundi ; tamen ibo, ut tu of returning mones ; Octaviano ad pedes me proiciam. will throw T. Et redibis in agros tuos ; redibit pax aurea. Vale, mi Meliboee, es bono animo. be of good courage M. Et tu vale, bone Tityre. .^M 166 SEQUENCE OF TENSES, — QUESTIONS, LESSON LXV. Sequence of Tenses. — Indirect Questions. 417. Learn the perfect subjunctive of the model and" irregular verbs, except fero and fio. 418. Model Sentences. 1 . Audio ubi sit — ubi fuerit, / hear where he is — where he has been^ or was. 2. Audiam ubi sit — ubi fuerit, / shall hear where he is — where he has been., or was. 3. Audivero ubi sit — ubi fuerit, / shall have heard where he is — where he has been., or was. 4. Audiebam ubi esset — ubi fuisset, / was hearing where he was — where he had been. 5. Audivi ubi esset — ubi fuisset, I heard where he was — where he had been. 6. Audiveram ubi esset — ubi fuisset, / had heard where he was — where he had been. a. The tenses of the indicative mood are grouped in two classes, (i) Those of the first group above, the present, future, and future perfect, are called primary tenses. (2) Those of the second group, the imperfect, perfect, and pluperfect, are called secondary tenses. Observe now the tenses of the sub- junctive: in the first group the present and perfect; in the second group the imperfect and pluperfect. 419. Rule. — A primary tense in the main clause is followed by the present or perfect subjunctive in the dependent clause, and a secondary tense by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. SEQUENCE OF TENSES. — QUESTIONS. 167 a. The principle of the sequence of tenses has been already partially illustrated in preceding lessons. 420. Model Se7itences. DIRECT QUESTIONS. INDIRECT QUESTIONS. 1. Quia ea? who are you? Scio quia aia, I know who you are. 2. Ubi eramua ? where Sciebam ubi eaaemua, / were we? knew where we were. 3 . Cur prof ectua eat ? Quaeaienint cur profectua why did he set out ? eaaet, they asked why he had set out. 4. Quem vidiati ? whom Scio quem videria, / know have you seen ? whom you have seen. a. Compare each of the sentences in the left-hand column with the corresponding one on the right. Observe that each dependent clause in the right-hand column begins with an in- terrogative word, and contains the substance of a question, though not a question in form. Such dependent clauses are called Indirect Questions. Observe the mood and how it is translated. 421. Rule. — The verb of an indirect question is in the subjunctive. a. The commonest interrogative words introducing indirect questions are quis, who? ciir, why? num, whether? ubi, where? quo, whither? unde, whence? quot, how many? b. Num in a direct question expects the answer no, as nonne expects the answer yes. It must commonly be left untrans- lated : num manibus ambulas ? do you walk on your hands ? or, you don''t walk on your hands, do you? In an indirect question num means whether, without definite expectation. 168 SEQUENCE OF TENSES. — QUESTIONS. 422. Vocabulary. ca^hinno, -are, , , inter-rogo, -are, -avi, -atua, ^^^ laugh out loud. ask., inquire., question. dolor, -oris, m. pain, grief. num, adv., whether. 421, b. infer!, -orum, m. (pi. of in- quot, indecl. how many ? -ferns), inhabitants of the stultus, -a, -Mm, foolish, lower world. ' tot, indecl. so many. ;> \AJvy^^'^ — unde, adv. whence, where from. interrogo, ask a question, itiquire, and nearly limited to that sense ; followed -by the accusative of the person. quaero, ask a question, ask for ; also, seek to gain, seek to know, search into; followed by the ablative of the person with a (ab), de, e (ex). 423. I. Unde veniebant tot milites ? 2. Amicus a me quaesivit unde venirent tot milites. 3. Ille puer parentibus non voluptati,^ sed semper erit dolori. 4. Die mihi num Alexander a proeliis semper al:^ierit victor. 5. Flumen ab urbe abest octo milia passuum. 6. Quot civitates sunt in armis ? 7. Caesar quaesivit quot civi- tates essent in armis. 8. Magister interrogavit quis esset inferorum deus. 9. Hie ^ quidam puer stultissimus cachinnabat. 10. Labienus milites cohortatus progressus est ut videret qu^in loco barbari flumen transirent. II. Equitatus Caesari auxilio missus, bel^o confccto, domum revertit. 12. Num templ-^^ spoliasse ptofuit principibus avaris qui exercitui praefuerunt.' 424. I. Tell me what you have in your right hand. 2. Nasica asked a man whether he had been accustomed to walk on his hands. 3. Do you know why he thus questioned him ? 4. Because his hands were like horn. 1 See 399. 2 Hereupon^_ ^j;^ ^ l^ IRREGULAR VERBS FERO AND FIO. 169 5. We know why he is laughing aloud, why he has been wanting. 6. Do you not wonder why we have been praised? 7. They wondered whether he had been admonished. 8. Caesar asks the captives how many of the enemy there are. LESSON LXVI. The Irregular Verbs fero and fio. „ ,, ffero, ferre, tuli, latus, bear, carry, endure. Principal Parts: 4 ,._ \. . \ ^ \ \, . l^fio, fieri, factus sum, be made, become. 425. Learn the conjugation of fero and fio, omitting the gerund and supine (521, 520). a. Observe in the compounds of fer5, as they occur, the change that many prepositions undergo : ab + fero becomes aufero ; ex + fero, becomes effero, etc. b. Fio is the passive of facio. The i is long, except in fit, and when followed by er. 426. Vocabulary. ab-duGo, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, con-fero, -ferre, -tuli, conlatus lead off, abduct. ' (coll-), [com] bring together, ad-fero (aff-), -ferre, attuli collect. (adt), adlatus (all-), bear ef-fero, -ferre, extuli, elatus to^ bring. [©^J- ^^^^ out, carry forth. apud, prep. w. ace, with, ferox, -oo\^, fierce, savage, among. labor, -oris, m. labor, toil. au-fero, -ferre, abstuli, abla- muto, -are, -avi, -atus, change. tus [ab(s)], bear off, carry patienter, adv. patiently. away. Pluto, -onis, m. Pluto, god of casus, -us, m. [cado], a fall- the lower world. ing, chance, misfortune, Proserpina, -ae, f. Proserpine, loss. daughter of Ceres. 170 IRREGULAR VERBS FERO AND FIO. 427. I. Fert, ferunt. 2. Fit, fiunt. 3. Ferre, fieri. 4. Auferet, auferetur. 5. Contulerant, conlati erant. 6. Abstuli, abstulerunt. 7. Fimus, fiet. 8. Tulisse, f actus esse. 9. Efferunt, elati sunt. 10. Dicunt se auxilium adlaturos esse. 11. Hae puellae fiunt dili- gentiores illis pueris. 12. Eis labor fiet voluptati. 428. I. They become consuls. 2. They are bearing arms. 3. He will carry away money. 4. He says he has carried away money. 5. We have brought together corn. 6. Bring shields for defense. 7. Take care^ to become good. 8. He took care to become good. 429. I. Ferte patienter labores. 2. Ferte patienter^^*^ quae mutari non possunt. 3. Nolite cupere id quod fieri non potest. 4. Nemo nascitur sapiens, nemo casu fit bonus. 5. Cum imperator auxilium militibus defessis attulit, omnes gavisi sunt. 6. Auxilio ab imperatore militibus defessis adlato, omnes gaudebant. 7. Fru- mento in unum locum conlato usus est Caesar. 8. Apud veteres Romanes ex agricolis fiebant consules. 9. " Be- nignum regem," inquit deus, "non tulistis, nunc ferocem ferte." i o. Interrogavit quot ex civibus facti essent milites et num multi proelio interessent et superessent. 430. I. We shall learn to bear our good fortune well. 2. They bore with patience that which they could not change. 3. The inhabitants carried their all* with them out of the town. 4. The soldiers carried away all the booty from the captured town. 5. Who will* cross yonder river with me ? 6. He asks who will cross yonder 1 Fac ut. See 312, note 8. ^ Omnia sua. ' Is willing. COLLOQUIUM, 171 river with him ? 7. Tell me why Pluto led off Proserpine. 8. He led her off that she might become his wife'!' 9. I know not where ^ so many birds come from.^ 10. Keep them off from my vines, so that they may not do harm. '^ wiXu^ ^ ^ Her? 431. Colloqtiium. Socrates et Rhadamanthus. R. Tu, nisi fallor, es Socrates, ille Atheniensis. unless I am mistaken S. Recte dicis. Ego sum Socrates, filius, ut ferunt, Sophronisci. ^ "^^ R. Cur dicis ut ferunt^ Nonne re vera es filius illius ? _ in truth 6". Ipse quidem nescio, O Rhadamanthe, cuius sim r-ij indeed not know am R. Num me ludis, Socrates? Caveto. Nonne te mock beware sapientem dixit oraculum ? oracle S, Ita est ; sed qua re non intellego, nisi quia me ipse yes understand inscium perspicio. ignorant see plainly R. Quo modo aetatem degisti ? how pass S. Magna ex parte loquebar maximeque de virtute for the most part I used to talk especially quaerebam. inquired. R. Mihi de virtute explicate, Socrates ; per breve tempus tibi aures praebebo. .5. Eheu ! Rhadamanthe, istius rei sum inscius, nam alas mihi explicare poterat nemo. was able no one 1 Where . . . from = unde. 172 SUBJUNCTIVE JN RELATIVE CLAUSES. R. Minime sapiens, Socrates, tu mihi videris. At seem but quid hoc loco tibi est in animo facere? S. Ante omnia, si videbitur, cum Homero velim et seem good 1 should like Ulixe et aliis clarissimis Graeciae principibus loqui. to talk. R. Apage igitur ad istas manes. be off then shades LESSON LXVII. The Subjunctive in Relative Clauses. Cum Causal and Concessive. 432. Model Sentences. 1 . Gall! legates misenint qui pacem peterent, the Gauls sent deputies to sue for {who should sue for^ peace., j^_ri'^' 'rt.i/^M»£ 2. Quia est tam ineptus qui hoc credat ? who is so silly v as to believe (who believes') this ? \\}\, H . KaA- .3. Nihil est quod te delectare possit, there is fiothing that can delight you. 4. O quanta vis veritatis, quae se defendat ! O how great the power of truth which {since it) defends itself! a. Observe in i and 2 that the relative clause has precisely the same meaning as if ut were used in place of qui. In i the clause is one oi ptirpose, in 2, of result. b. Observe in 3 that the relative clause characterizes the antecedent. In such cases the antecedent is usually indefinite or general. c. Observe in 4 that the relative clause denotes cause or reason, quae being equivalent to cum ea. SUBJUNCTIVE IN RELATIVE CLAUSES. 173 433. Rule. — The subjunctive is used in relative clauses of purpose, result, characteristic, and cause, 434. Model Sentences. 1. Cum amic! adsint, gaudemus, since our friends are here, we rejoice. 2. Cum fortiter pugnarent, tamen non vicenint, though they fought bravely, still they did not conquer. a. Notice these two uses of cum. In i it denotes cause or reason (as, since), in 2, concession (though, although). 435. Rule. — The subjunctive is used with cum causal or concessive. ^'/JL^/^l' jj^< / O^ JiuvC^ 436. Vocabulary. ac-cuso, -are, -avi, -atus [ad, i-gnoro, -are, -avi, -atus [in, causa], blame, accuse. not (g)no(sco)], know not, ad-eo, adv. to that degree, be ignorant. so. mors, mortis, f. (morti-) arduus, -a, -um, steep j diffi- [morior], death. ^ i- cult, arduous. per-mitto, -CTe, -misi, -missus, con-sequor, -i, -secutus sum, allow, permit. follow up, gain, reach. peto, -ere, -ivi (-ii), -itus, seek, cum, conj. wheti, while; as, ask, site for. since j' though, although. re-cuso, -are, -avi, -atus -^i^. cumis, -us, m. chariot, wagon. [causa], decline, refuse. ex-cuso, -are, -avi, -atus sus-tineo, -ere, -ui, -tentus [causa], excuse. [sub, teneo], hold up, sus- gusto, -are, -avi, -atus, taste. tain, withstand. veho, -ere, vexi, vectus, carry, draw. P^ss. ride. 437. I. Marcus erat priidens, qui vinum non gustaret. 2. Cum ignorem quis sit ille homo, ei non permittam ut-'AXO --A-AA/lvaL ,^^ ^^_ _^ , , 174 SUBJUNCTIVE IN RELATIVE CLAUSES. mecum in eodem curru vehatur. 3. Magister puerum graviter accusavit qui penso non fungeretur. 4. Quae cum ita sint/ supplicatio decernetur. 5. Neque repertus est quisquam eorum qui^ mori pro principe recusaret. 6. Non is^ sum qui^ mortis periculo terrear. 7. Caesar, acie instructa, equitatum misit qui hostium impetum sus- tineret. 8. Nihil est nobis adeo arduum quod non vir- tute consequi possimus. 9. Cum ea ita sint, tamen* vobiscum pacem'faciam. 10. Legati ad Caesarem vene- runt qui se de superioris temporis ^ consilio ° excusarent. II. Ennius erat impudens qui se non esse donii diceret. ' Several of the following sentences may be translated' in two ways. 438. I. No one is so wise that he knows all things. 2. Who can be found who does not enjoy the light of the sun ? 3. Since I cannot persuade you ' to go,* I will go myself. 4. The soldier was vehemently accused because he would not fight. 5. A thanksgiving was decreed for. Caesar because he had waged war successfully in Gaul. 6. Although this is so, still we do not fear that you will taste the wine. 7. You are not the person^ to abuse the patience of your friends. 8. There were some^° who thought that Caesar was in Italy. ^ Quae cum ita sint, since this ^ On a former occasion, {these things) is so. ^ Conduct. 2 The antecedent implies some " See 372. word like such, such as to. ^ Ut with subjunctive. 3 The person. » Cf. 437, 6. * Tamen indicates the mean- ^^ Omit. ing of cum. • l^ ^» Kj'^fL. , SUBJUNCTIVE IN WISHES AND APPEALS. 175 LESSON LXVIII. The Subjunctive in Wishes and Appeals. 439. Learn the future imperative of the model and irregular verbs. 440. "* Model Sentences. Wishes. I. (Utinam) pater mox adsit, 2. Utinam pater adesset, 3. Utinam adfuisset, pater heri ' 7nay father be here {come) soon / I hope father may be here (come) soon I oh, that father may be here (come) soon / would that father were here now / I wish father were here now / oh, that father were here now / (would that father had been here yesterday ! I wish father had been here yesterday / oh, that father had been here yesterday / 441. Rule. — Wishes are expressed hy the sub- junctive with or without utinam, oh that! a. Utinam is often omitted with the present, rarely with other tenses. The negative in wishes is ne, not non. b. Observe the tenses in the model sentences. In which one does the tense indicate that the wish may be realized ? 176 SUBJUNCTIVE IN WISHES AND APPEALS. 442. Rule. — 1. Wishes referring to the future, irmnediate or more remote, are expressed hy the present subjunctive. 2. Wishes referring to the present are expressed hy the imperfect subjunctive. 3. Wishes referring to the past are expressed hy the pluperfect subjunctive. c. The subjunctive in wishes is called the Optative Sub- junctive, from opto, wish. 443. In appeals and commands both imperative and subjunctive forms are used, as illustrated in the following paradigm : 444. Appeals and Commands. Paradigm. POSITIVE. NEGATIVE. moneam, let 7ne advise. ne moneam, let me not advise. mone, 1 , . -f],^ ■> noli monere, "1 moneas, / ' ' ne monueris,^ . >, 7 ^ 7 . , . _ , { let him not, or moneat, 1 let htm advise^ or ne moneat, J , , monuerlt, J he shall advise. ne monuerit, 1 ' [^ advise. J ^ J . _ _ { let us not ad- moneamus, let us advise. ne moneamus, < L vise. monete, advise. nolite monere, do not advise. ( let them advise, _ ^ ( let them not, moneant, , , ,, »© moneant, , , ' . ^ -i or they shall _ . ^ <^ or they shall monuennt, -^ ne monuennt, -^ t. advise. \^ not, advise. a. In the subjunctive of appeals and commands two points should be noticed: (i) the negative is ne, as in wishes; SUBJUNCTIVE IN WISHES AND APPEALS. Yll (2) the perfect subjunctive does not differ in meaning from the present. b. The common form of negative appeal or command in the second person is noli (nolite) with the infinitive. 445. Vocabulary. ambulo, -are, -avi, -atus, walk, prae-clarus, -a, -um, very take a walk. splendid, glorious. beatus, -a, -mn, happy. sic, adv. so, thus. ^^^ colo, -ere, colui, cultus, care sto, stare, steti, status, stand. for, till, cultivate; honor. sub-eo, -ire, -ii, -\X^x&,go under, in-columis, -e, unharmed, go up to. safe^'A^^^y^^^^"^- tango, -ere, tetigi, tactus, numquam, adv. never. ""^ -^-> . touch. per-fruor, -i, -friictus sum, testudo, -inis, f. covering to enjoy fully, enjoy. protect besiegers, testudo. tranquillus, -a, -um, quiet, peaceful, tranquil. 446. I. Valeant, valeant cives mei ; sint incolumes, sint beat! ! 2. Stet haec urbs praeclara, mihique patria carissima ! 3. Tranquilla re publica mei cives perfruantur ! 4. Utinam Romani virorum fortium copiam haberent ! 5. Reperti sunt duo equites Romani qui te, Catilina, ista cura liberarent. 6. Utinam Catilina omnis secum suos ex urbe eduxisset ! 7. Milites, testudine facta, urbis murum subierunt. 8. Colitote parentes, legibus paretote, amatote amicos. 9. Ne miles mortis periculum timeat. 10. Casus tristis Proserpinae erat magno dolori matri, quae hoc dixit : " Eheu, miserrima Proserpina, utinam numquam e domo exiisses ! lam per sex menses cuius- que anni non eris apud me. Sic luppiter decrevit. Tum redeas e regno tristi quo te Pluto ferox rex ille abstulit." 178 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 447. I. Let us send a messenger to Caesar to warn him not to set out. 2. Touch not wine ; let us not touch wine ; they shall not touch wine. 3. Let us go forth out of the city and carry our all ^ with us. 4. The boy wrote often to his father what he had done. 5. Would that my brother were living, and that he were at the head of the army ! 6. Oh, take a walk with me in the fields to-day ! 7. Would that I had taken a walk with you in the fields yesterday ! LESSON LXIX. Conditional Sentences. 448. Sentences consisting of two clauses — a con- dition introduced by si, if, or nisi, if not, unless, and a conclusion — are called Conditional Sentences. 449. Model Sentences. I. Present and Past Time. A. Nothing Implied. 1 . Si hoc facit, bene est, if he is doing this, it is well. 2. Si hoc faciebat, bene erat, if he was doing this, it was well. .3. Si hoc fecit, bene fuit, if he did this, it was well. a. By "nothing implied" is meant that there is nothing in the form of the condition to indicate whether what is supposed is true or not. 1 See 430, note 2. CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 179 450. Rule. — Conditional sentences referring to present or past time and implying nothing as to fact have the indicative in hath clauses. B. Contrary Implied. 4. Si hoc faceret, bene esset, if he were doing this^ it would be well. 5. Si hoc fecisset, bene fuisset, if he had done this, it would have been well. b. In the first sentence the time denoted is the present. Evidently the time would be the same, if nunc, now., were inserted. c. By "contrary implied" is meant that the form of the condition indicates that what is supposed is not true. 451. Rule. — Conditional sentences referring to present or past time and contrary to fact have the subjunctive in both clauses, the imperfect referring to present time, the pluperfect to past time. 11. Future Time. C. More Vivid (Probable). 1 . Si hoc faciet, bene erit, if he does (= shall do) this, it will be well. 2. Si hoc fecerit, bene erit, if he does {= shall have done) this, it will be well. D. Less Vivid (Possible). 3. Si hoc faciat, bene sit, if he should do this, it would be well. a. Observe that in i and 2 the future and the future perfect are translated by the present. The form of 2, that is, the 180 CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. future perfect, may be used when the supposed future act must be finished before the conclusion can follow : si vicerit, victoriae coronam recipiet, if he conqturs {shall have conquered^^ he will receive the crown of victory. Note the form of transla- tion of the less vivid condition. 452. Rule. — Conditional sentences referring to future time, if inore vivid, take the future or future perfect indicative ; if less vivid, take the present subjunctive in both clauses. 453. Vocabulary. ac-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus mirabilis, -e [miror], wonder- [ad, capio], receive, accept. ful, strange. calceus, -i, m. shoe (p. 152). ni-si, conj. if 710 1, unless. Cincinnatus, -i. m. Cincinnatus. pro-pono, -ere, -posui, -posi- classis, -is, f. (claBBi-),feet. tus, put forward, propose, creo, -are, -avi, -atus, choose, offer, proclaim. appoint, create. propositum, -i, n. [propono], dictator, -oris, m. [dicto, proposal, offer. dico], dictator. talentum, -i, n. talent, a sum dis-pertio, -ire, -ivi (-ii), -itus of money ($1132). [partio, divide'], divide, tolero, -are, -avi, -atus, bear, share. [again. endure, tolerate. itenim, adv. a second time, vestimentum, -i, n. [vestio], Milo, -onis, m. Milo. clothing; vesture. 454. I. Dux iubet, miles paret ; si non paret, poenam dat. 2. Si saluti patriae profueris, tibi ipsi proderis. 3. Utinam f rater meus viveret et classi iterum praeesset ! 4. Cum eo die Milo in senatu fuisset, domum venit, ves- timenta et calceos mutavit. 5. Non profectus essem, nisi Caesar iussisset. 6. A Romanis, si urbs magno in peri- CONDITIONAL SENTENCES. 181 culo erat, dictatores creabantur. 7. Cincinnatus ab aratro vocatus est qui esset dictator. 8. Cum hostis fugavisset Romamque periculo liberasset,^ domum revertit. 455. Alexander et Parmenio. Dareus, Persarum rex, decern milia talentorum Alex- andre dare voluit, si Asiam secum dispertire volebat. Alexander autem ei respondit, " Nisi orbis terrarum duos soles tolerare potest, duos reges Asia non tolerabit." Parmenio, qui unus ex amicis Alexandri erat, Darei proposito audito, " Ego," inquit, " si Alexander essem, hoc propositum acciperem." Cui Alexander : " Et ego, si Parmenio essem, acciperem." 456. I. If Alexander should conquer Asia, would it endure two kings 1 2. If he conquers Asia, will it endure two kings ? 3. If the world does not endure ^ two suns, neither doth Asia endure two kings. 4. It is said that Darius wanted to share Asia with Alexander. 5. "If," said the former^ to the latter, "you are willing to share Asia with me, I will give you ten thousand talents." 6. "By no means,"* replied Alexander; "if you had offered me ^ twenty thousand talents, I would not have accepted." 7. If the story is true, is it not passing strange®? 8. Would Asia have long endured two masters, if the offer of Darius had been accepted .? 1 See 337, b, » See 100, e. ^ Not accusative. 2 See 449. * Minime. ^ Maxime mirabilis. 182 READING LESSON. LESSON LXX. Reading Lesson. Proserpina. "Proserpin gathering flowers, Herself a fairer flower, by gloomy Dis Was gather'' d, which cost Ceres all that pain To seek her through the world.^^ 457. Proserpina, Cereris filia, aliquando in Sicilia ad urbem Hennam in agris flores carpebat, serta necte- bat ludebatque cum comitibus. Subito terra concussa Pluto, inferorum deus, cuius currum equi atri vehebant e terra emersit. Deus Proserpinam abdiixit, ut uxor sua et inferorum regina esset ; clamorem puellae com- pressit. Mater cum ignoraret, ubi filia esset, totum orbem terrarum frustra peragravit. 458. Tandem Ceres a Sole, qui omnia conspicit, audi- vit quis filiam abduxisset. Itaque statim iter adlovem flexit et precibus animo eius persuasit, ut filia a Plutone remitteretur. Proserpinae permissum est, ut per partem anni apud matrem, per partem alteram apud inferos esset. 459. I. Who of you can tell by whom Proserpine was carried off ? 2. She was carried away by Pluto, god of the Infernals. 3. The god bore her off, as she was plucking flowers in the plain of Henna. 4. Her mother did not know whither her daughter had gone. 5. So she wandered through the whole world to find her. 6. When she had heard that her daughter was queen of the Infernals, she turned her course at once to Jupiter. READING LESSON. 183 7. He would have permitted her to return, if she had not tasted food. 8. Poor Proserpine, remain forever among the Infernals ! 460. Vocabulary. ater, -tra, -tnim, black. atque [ad, in addition^ and also^ and. com-primo, -ere, -pressi, -pres- sus [premo], press together; check, suppress. con-cutio, -ere, -cussi, -cussus [com, quatio], shake vio- lently. con-spicio, -ere, -spexi, -spec- tus [com, specie, look"], look at attentively ; observe, see, behold. e-mergo, -ere, -si, -sus, arise, come forth ; emerge. fleets, -ere, flexi, flezus, bend, turn. licet, -ere, licuit or licitmn est, impers., // is permitted, (^one) may. ludo, -ere, lasi, IvLsaa, play. necto, -ere, nexui and nexi, nexus, bind, weave. per-agro, -are, -avi, -atus [ager], wander through, pass over. [prex], precis, f. (used mostly in plu.), prayer, entreaty. re-mitto, -ere, -misi, -missus, send back. serta, -orum, n. [sere, plait'\, garlands, wreaths of flowers. tandem, adv. [tam], (^just so far), at length, flnally. Vexillum. 184 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. LESSON LXXI. Periphrastic Conjugations. Dative of Agent. 461. Learn the future active participle and the gerundive of the model and irregular verbs. 462. The First or Active Periphrastic Conjugation is formed by combining the future active participle with the verb sum : Ind. Pres. Amaturus sum, I am about to {going to ^ intend- ing to^ love. Ind. Imp. Amaturus eram, / was about to {going to, intend- ing to^, love. 463. Model Sentences. 1. Quisquam dubitat quid virtute perfecturus sit, does any one doubt what he will accomplish by his valor? 2. Sciebam quid facturus esses, / knew what you were going to do. a. From the above sentences it appears that the first peri- phrastic conjugation supplies a future for the subjunctive. 464. The Second or Passive Periphrastic Conju- gation is formed by combining the gerundive (future passive participle) with the verb sum : Ind. Pres. Amandus sum, I am to be {ought to be, deserve to be, must be) loved. Ind. Imp. Amandus eram, / was to be {deserved to be^ ought to have been) loved. PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. 185 465. Model Sentences. 1. Delenda est Carthago, Carthage must be destroyed. 2. Caesari omnia erant agenda, everything had to be done by Caesar. 3. Mihi scribendum est, / inust write {the duty of writing is to me^. 4. Omnibus morlendum est, all must die {the necessity of dying is to all^. a. Observe that jn the second periphrastic conjugation necessity, duty, or obligation is implied in the gerundive. b. Notice the impersonal use of the verbs in 3 and 4. By impersonal is meant having no personal subject. c. Observe in 2, 3, and 4 that the person (Caesari, mihi, omnibus) is expressed by the dative. This dative is called the Dative of Agent. 466. Rule. — The gerundive with sum takes the dative denoting the person who has a thing to do. 467. Vocabulary. ago, -ere, egi, actus, drive, moenia, -ium, n. pi. [munlo], lead; do, act. walls {of a city). censeo, -ere, -ui, -sus, think, opus, -erls, n. work, labor. be of the opinion. pertinacia, -ae, i.perseverance, de-slsto, -ere, -stlti, -stitus obstinacy, pertinacity. {stand ofT)-, cease, desist re-voco, -are, -avi, -atus, call lam-lam, adv. already. back, recall; revoke. vexlllmn, -i, n. signal flag, p. 183. 468. I. Dux castra moturus est. 2. Scribenda est mihi epistula. 3. Scribenda erat tibi epistula. 4. Cum Scipio, graviter vulneratus, in hostium manus iamiam 186 PERIPHRASTIC CONJUGATIONS. venttirus ^ esset, fllius eum periculo liberavit. 5. Mag- nam in spem veniebat fore^ ut pertinacia desisteret hostis. 6. Hoc censeo et Carthaginem esse delendam. 7. Ita nobis vivendum est ut ad mortem parati simus. 8. Caesari omnia uno tempore erant agenda : vexillum proponen- dum,^ signum tuba dandum,^ ab opere revocandi ^ milites, acies instruenda,^ milites cohortandi.* 469. I. Do you know what he is going to do ? 2. We ought to cultivate virtue. 3. Since you are intending to go away, we must follow you. 4. If we wish to conquer, we must undergo all dangers patiently. 5. Let us form a testudo and go up to the walls of the city. 6. If Pros- erpine had not been carried off, her mother would not have wandered over all the earth. 7. Oh that Proserpine had not been carried off by Pluto to be his wife ! 8. Oh that Jupiter had not permitted his brother to come out of the earth ! 1 lamiam venturus, just about to come. 2 For futurum esse ; that it would be^ i.e., result. * Supply erat. * Supply erant. Calcar. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. — SUPINE. 187 LESSON LXXII. Gerund and Gerundive. — Supine. 470. Learn the gerunds and supines of the model and irregular verbs. 471. The gerund is a verbal noun corresponding to the English verbal noun in -i7tg. It is declined like the singular of donum, the nominative and the accusative without a preposition being supplied by the infinitive. 472. Model Sentences. 1. N. Videre est credere, seeing is believing. 2. G. Caesar hortandi finem facit, Caesar makes an end of exhorting. 3. D. Aqtia utilis est bibendo, water is useful for drinking. r Hie locus ad pugnandum idoneus est, this place j is suitable for fighting. ^' ' 1 Dicunt videre esse credere, they say that seeing [ is believing. 5. Ab. Mens discendo alitur, the mind is strengthened by learning. 473. The use of the gerundive as a passive participle with sum has been illustrated in the preceding lesson. But it may also be used as a verbal adjective. 188 GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. — SUPINE. 474. Model Sentences. r- «-.,.. ^ furbem delendi, ^ ^, . 1. G. Consilia ineunt^ _ \they are form- L urbis delendae, J ing plans for {of^ destroying the city (of the city to be destroyed^. 2. D. Operam dat agris colendis, he devotes himself to tilling the fields {to the fields to be tilled^. 3. Ac. Venenint ad pacem petendam, they came to seek peace {for peace to be sought). 4. Ab. Occupatus sum in litteris scribendis, / am en- gaged in writing letters {in letters to be written). a. Notice that in the first sentence the gerund delendi limits consilia in accordance with 36; but as a verbal noun it governs the same case that any other form of the verb deleo would take, namely the accusative. What case would iitendi, from iitor, govern ? What parendi, from pareo ? b. Study the equivalent construction urbis delendae. Here urbis depends on consilia and the gerundive, like any other adjective, agrees with its noun. c. Notice that the accusative of the gerund or gerundive with ad denotes a purpose. This construction is much used. In what other ways may a purpose be expressed? 475. Model Sentences. 1. Legati Romam veniunt pacem petitum, ambassadors come to Rome to sue for peace. 2. Id perfacile est factu, that is very easy to do, or to be done. a. Observe in the first example that the supine petitum has the same meaning as ut petant, qui petant, or ad petendam ; that is, it expresses purpose. This use is common after verbs of motion. GERUND AND GERUNDIVE.— SUPINE. 189 476. Rule. — The supine in uin is used after verbs of motion to express purpose. b. In the second example the supine in u answers the question in what respect f Perfacile factu, easy in respect to the doing. This use is common after adjectives. c. The supine in u is really an ablative of specification. See 168. 477. Vocabulary. at, conj. but. male [malus], adv. badly., ill. causa, -ae, f. cause, reaso7t; male-ficus, -i, m. [facio], evil- ahl., for the sake (following doer. a genitive). praeter, prep. w. ace, besides. con-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventus propter, prep. w. ace, on ac- [com], come together., as- count of. semble. [even. solum, adv. [solus], only. etiam, conj. [et, iahi], also, sumo, -ere, -psi, -ptus, take. im-peritus, -a, -um [in], un- teliun, -i, n. weapon. skilled; w. gen. tubicen, -inis, m. [tuba, cano, in-ermis, -e [anna], unarmed. sing'], trumpeter. 478. I. Multi convenerunt studio^ videndae novae urbis. 2. Legates ad Caesarem pacis petendae causa ^ Galli mittunt. 3. Galli ad Caesarem venerunt pacem petitum. 4. Si legati veniant qui pacem petant, Caesar patienter eos audiat. 5. Inter ^ pugnandum triginta naves captae sunt. 6. Quod optimum est factu faciam. 7. Cincinnatus, qui esset* vir belli ^ peritissimus, dictator de exercitu liberando creatus est. 8. Tubicen, cum ipse non pugnaret, tamen alios ad pugnam incitabat. 1 See 132. « During. 2 Notice this way of express- ^ See 433. ing purpose. ^ In war. 190 GERUND AND GERUNDIVE. — SUPINE. 9. Hostes putaverunt tubicinem, qui alios ad pugnam incitaret/ puniendum esse. 10. Utinam tubicen ne captus esset ! 479. Tubicen. Tubicen ab hostibus captus est. " Cur me," inquit, " interficitis .? nam inermis sum, neque quidquam habeo praeter banc tubam." At hostes, " Propter hoc ipsum," inquiunt, " te interficiemus quod, ipse pugnandi imperitus,^ alios ad pugnam incitare soles." Non solum malefici sunt puniendi, sed etiam ei qui alios ad male faciendum incitent. 480. I. The trumpeter asked the enemy's com- mander why he was going to put him to death. 2. " Dur- ing the fight," ^ said he, "I did not use any^ weapon. 3. I could not have^ killed any one® with this trumpet. 4. Do not put me to death. 5. I am not the man' who deserves to be punished. 6. If I had been fighting, I would not say a word." ^ 7. But the general said, "That trumpet of yours is a weapon which incites ^ the soldiers to fight. You must die." 8. Then the trumpeter, about to die,^^ said, " O that I had not incited others to evil doing." 1 See 433. ^ A form of quisquam. 2 Though unskilled. ' Cf. 437, 6. 8 Cf. 478, 5. 8 Would say nothing. * See p. 124, note 7. ^ Subjunctive of characteristic (433). * Could not have = was not able to. ^^ moriturus. <*=a"^r»> RoMANUs IN Toga Praetexta. READING LESSONS. For Vocabularies see page 239. Fables. 481. MULIER ET GaLLINA. Mulier quaedam habebat gallinam, quae el^ cottidie ovum pariebat aureum. Hinc suspicari coepit illam^ aurl massam intus celare, et gallinam occidit. Sed nihil in ea repperit, nisi quod^ in aliis gallinis reperiri solet. Itaque dum maioribus divitiis inhiat/ etiam minores* perdidit. 482. VULPES ET UVA. Vulpes uvam in vite conspicata^ ad illam subsiluit omnium virium suarum contentione, si ^ eam forte at- tingere posset. Tandem defatigata inani labore disce- dens, "At nunc etiam," inquit, "acerbae^ sunt, nee eas in via repertas * tollerem." 481= 1 For her. ■* See page 87, note i. * Illam = illam gallinam, and ^Supply the Latin noun in is subject accusative of celare. the proper form. 8 Quod = id quod. 482. 1 Perfect participle agree- ^ The plural, as if uvae had ing with vulpes. Translate by the been used, present participle. * Eas repertas, them found^=i 2 To see if. if I had found them. See 353, c. 194 READING LESSONS. 483. RusTicus ET Canis Fidelis. Rusticus in agros exiit ad opus suum. Filiolum, qui in cunis iacebat, reliquit cam ^ fideli atque valido custo- diendum. Adrepsit anguis immanis, qui puerulum ex- stincturus erat. Sed custos fidelis corripit eum dentibus 5 acutis, et, dum eum necare studet,^ cunas simul evertit super exstinctum anguem. Paulo post ex arvo rediit agricola ; cum cunas eversas cruentumque canis rictum videret, ira accenditur.^ Temere igitur custodem filioli interfecit ligone, quem manibus tenebat. Sed ubi cunas 10 restituit,* super anguem occisum ^ repperit puerum vivum et incolumem. Paenitentia f acinoris * sera ' f uit. 484. PUER Mendax. Puer in prato oves pascebat,^ atque per iocum clami- tabat, ut sibi auxilium ferretur, quasi lupus gregem esset adortus. Agricolae undique succurrebant, neque ^ lupum inveniebant. Ita ter quaterque se elusos ^ a puero vide- 5 runt. Deinde* cum ipse* lupus aggrederetur, et puer 483. ^ Dative of agent, 466. quam, meaning when, the perfect Translate left for his . . . dog to indicative is commonly used, but guard. What literally ? it is best rendered by the plu- 2 See page 87, note i. perfect. * Present for perfect, called ^ See 353, c (2). historical present. « For the deed. Why not * Translate as if it were resti- dative ? 36. tuerat ; after ubi, ut, and post- "^ Too late. 484. 1 The imperfect denoting * See page 133, note i. customary action ; render, wj^af/'f? * Pronounced de-in'-de. tend. ^ Really. « But ...not. READING LESSONS. 195 re vera* imploraret auxilium, nemo gregi' subvenit, et oves lupi praeda® sunt factae. Mendaci homini non credimus, etiam cum vera^ dicit. 485. Senex et Mors. Senex quidam ligna in silva ceciderat, et, fasce in umeros sublato,^ domum redire coepit. Cum fatigatus esset'' et onere et itinere, deposuit ligna, et, senectutis^ et inopiae * miserias secum reputans, clara voce invocavit mortem, ut se omnibus mails* liberaret. Mox adest^ mors et interrogat quid vellet. Tum senex perterritus : "Pro! hunc lignorum fascem quaeso umeris® meis imponas." ' 486. Vulpes et Leo. Vulpes numquam leonem viderat. Cum huic^ forte occurrisset, ita exterrita est, ut paene moreretur^ formi- dine. Eundem conspicata est iterum. Tum extimuit ilia quidem, sed nequaquam ut antea. Cum tertio ^ leoni obviam facta esset, adeo non perterrita fuit,* ut auderet ^ accedere propius et conloqui cum eo. ^ Re vera = /« earnest. ^ Predicate nominative. 7 Why dative.? See 397. « True {things) = the truth. 485. 1 From tollo. ^ See page 87, note i. 2 See 382. ^ xjmeris . . . impopas ; cf. 2 Notice the order; the geni- n5bis . . . imposuit in 313. lives coming first are made ^ Quaeso . . . imponas = quae- emphatic. * See 413. s5 ut imponas. 486. ^ For the dative see ^ The third time. 397. ■* Adeo . . . fuit, to such a 2 Is this a subjunctive of pur- degree was not frightened =was pose or of result.-' so far from being frightened. 196 READING LESSONS. Stories from Roman History. 487. HORATII ET CURIATII. Tullo Hostilio regnante bellum inter Albanos et Romanos exortum est.^ Ducibus Hostilio et Fufetio placuit, paucorum certamine fata'^ utriusque populi de- cern!. Erant apud Romanos trigemini fratres Horatii, 5 tres apud Albanos Curiatii. Cum eis agunt reges, ut pro sua quisque ^ patria dimicent ferro. Foedus ictum est ea lege, ut, unde victoria,^ ibi imperium esset. Icto foedere trigemini arma capiunt, et in medium inter duas acies procedunt. Consederant utrimque duo lo exercitus. Datur signum, infestisque armis tern! iuvenes, magnorum exercituum animos gerentes,^ concurrunt. Ut^ primo concursu increpuere"' arma, micantesque fulsere' gladii, horror ingens spectantes perstringit. Consertis deinde manibus, statim duo Roman! alius super alium^ 15 exspirantes ceciderunt;^ tres Alban! vulnerati.^" Ad casum Romanorum conclamavit gaudio exercitus Al- banus. Romanos iam spes tota deserebat. Unum 487. 1 Exortum est = incepit. ^ xjt followed by the indicative 2 Subject-accusative of de- means when or as. cemi ; that the destinies . . . should ^ Notice the form of the per- be decided. feet. 8 Notice the order, sua quis- They first hurled their spears, que, which is constant in these which rang against the shields ; words. then they drew their swords and * Unde victoria . . . esset, on rushed into close combat. whichever side the victory should 8 gge 292, a. Alter super be^ there should be the power. alterum would be better. Why? ^ Gerentes = habentes ; but ^ From cado. gerentes is a nobler expression. 10 Supply sunt. READING LESSONS, 197 Horatium tres Curiatii circumsteterant. Forte is in- teger" fuit, sed quia tribus impar erat, ut distraheret hostes, fugam capessivit, singulos^^ per intervalla secu- 20 turos esse ratus.-^' lam aliquantum spati^'' ex eo loco, ubi pugnatum est/* aufugerat, cum respiciens videt unum e Curiatiis baud procul ab sese abesse. In eum magno impetu redit, et dum Albanus exercitus inclamat Curia- tiis, ut opem ferant fratri, iam Horatius eum occiderat. 25 Alterum^^ deinde, priusquam tertius posset consequi, interfecit. Iam singuli supererant, sed nee spe nee viribus pares. Alter erat intactus ferro et geminata victoria ferox;" alter fessum ^^ vulnere, fessum cursu trahebat corpus. 30 Nee illud proelium fuit. Romanus exsultans male sus- tinentem^^ arma Curiatium conficit, iacentem^® spoliat. Roman! ovantes ac gratulantes Horatium accipiunt et domum deducunt. 488. CiNCINNATUS. 458 B.C. T. Quinctius Cincinnatus omnium consensu dictator^ est dictus. Ille, spes unica imperi Romani, trans Tiberim 11 Integer = incolumis. ^^ See page 109, note 4. 12 Subject-accusative of secu- ^^ The second. ^'^ Emboldened. turos esse ; thinking that they ^^ Agrees with corpus. would follow 07te by one. ^^ Take the words in this 1* Ratus = putans. Perfect order : Curiatium male susti- participles must sometimes be nentem arma cdnficit. On sus- rendered as if they were pres- tinentem see 353, c (2). ent participles. 20 Supply et to precede, and 1* See 203. render, as he lay dead. 488. ^ A magistrate appointed vested with supreme power. On in times of extraordinary danger this occasion the Aequi, enemies to hold office six months, and in- of the Romans, had surrounded 198 READIi/G LESSONS. tunc quattuor iugerum "^ colebat agrum. Ad quern missi legati nudum' eum arantem offenderunt. Salute^ data 5 redditaque Quinctius togam^ propere e tugurio proferre uxorem Raciliam iussit, ut senatus mandata togatus audiret. Postquam, absterso pulvere ac sudore, toga indutus* processit'^ Quinctius, dictatorem eum legati gratulantes 10 consalutant ; quantus terror in exercitii sit,^ exponunt. Quinctius igitur Romam venit et antecedentibus lictori- bus domum deductus est. Postero die ab urbe profectus, exercitu Romano liberate, victos hostes sub iugum ^ misit. Urbem triumphans ingressus est. Ducti ante currum 15 hostium duces, militaria signa^° praelata ; secutus est exercitus praeda onustus : epulae instructae sunt ante omnium domos. Quinctius sexto decimo die dictatOra, quam in " sex menses acceperat, se abdicavit et ad boves ^^ rediit triumphalis agricola. 489. Gaius Duilius. 260 b.c. C. Duilius Poenos navali proelio primus ^ devicit. Qui cum ^ videret naves Romanas a POnicis velocitate superari, the whole Roman army com- "^ See 483, note 4. manded by the consul. 8 Quantus . . . sit, an indirect 2 Contracted genitive plural, question depending on exponunt. depending on agrum. ^ A yoke of spears' 'formed by 8 That is, without his toga. two upright spears with another See illustration, page 34. laid upon them transversely. * Salute data redditaque, Sending under the yoke was freely rendered, after exchanging symbolical of defeat and humil- greetings. What literally ? iation. * See illustration, page 191. i*^ See illustrations, page 105. * Indutus = vestitus. i^ For. 12 From bos. 489. 1 Was the first to. « Qui cum, when he. READING LESSONS. 199 C C manus ferreas, quas corvos vocavere/ machinam ad comprehendendas hostium naves tenendasque utilem excogitavit. Ea machina Romanis magno usui fuit ; nam 5 iniectls illis corvis hostilem navem apprehendebant,* deinde superiecto ponte in earn insiliebant et gladio velut in pugna terrestri dimicabant ; unde Romanis, qui robore praestabant, facilis victoria fuit. Inter pugnan- dum triginta hostium naves captae sunt, mersae tredecim. lo Duilius victor Romam reversus, primus^ navalem tri- umphum egit. Niilla victoria Romanis gratior fuit, quod invicti terra iam etiam mari plurimum possent.^ Itaque Duilio concessum est,'' ut per omnem vitam praeliicente fiinali et praecinente tibicine a cena rediret. 15 490. Marcus Porcius Cato, Puer. 85 b.c. M. Porcius Cato iam puer ^ invictum animi robur osten- dit. Cum^ in domo Drusi avunculi sui educaretur, Latini de civitate impetranda ^ Romam venerunt. Popedius, La- tinorum princeps, qui Drusi hospes erat, Catonem puerum rogavit, ut Latinos apud avunculum adiuvaret. Cato 5 vultu constanti negavit * id se facturum. Iterum deinde ac saepius^ interpellatus in proposito perstitit. Tunc 3 Note this -form of the per- ^ See note i. feet and compare increpuere, 487. ^ They could very much = ^ Iniectls . . . apprehendebant. could accomplish a great deal. By throwing these grappling- "^ See p. 109, note 4. Duilius hooks upon a hostile ship they was allowed, would catch hold of it. 490. ^ Already a boy = even in * Denied hirnself to be going to boyhood. 2 py^iHg^ dp it ^refused to do it. * Respecting citizenship to be ^ Again and again, obtained = to obtain citizenship. 200 READING LESSONS. Popedius puerum in excelsam* aedium partem levatum tenuit,' et se^ abiecturum inde minatus est, nisi precibus lo obtemperaret ; neque hoc metu ^ a sententia eum potuit dimovere. Tunc Popedius exclamasse fertur : " Gratu- lemur nobis, Latini, hunc esse tarn parvum ; si enim senator esset,^*^ ne sperare quidem ius civitatis liceret." ^° 491. Gaius Marius. 88 b.c. Marius ^ hostes persequentes fugiens aliquamdiu in palude delituit. Sed paulo post repertus extractusque, ut erat^ nudo corpore caenoque oblitus, iniecto in collum loro Minturnas raptus^ et in custodiam coniectus est. 5 Missus est ad eum occidendum servus publicus, natione * Cimber, quem Marius vultus auctoritate deterruit. Cum enim hominem ad se stricto gladio venientem vidisset, " Tune,^ homo," inquit, " C. Marium audebis occidere ? " Quo audito attonitus ille ac tremens abiecto ferro fugit, • Excelsam = altam. turum. He threatened himself to ' Puerum . . . levatum tenuit, be going to throw him (eum) held the raised up boy = raised down from there = he threatened t'.p and held the boy. See to throw him down from there. 353, c (3). ^ By this fear means by fear 8 The subject-accusative of of this. abiecturum (esse). Eum, re- i** What time is denoted, and ferring to puerum, must be sup- what is implied ? See 451. plied as the object of abiec- 491. 1 Marius had been driven ^ The following et shows that from Rome by his powerful est must be supplied. rival, Sulla, and was fleeing for * See 168. life. ^ The -ne is the interrogative "^Just as he was. particle. READING LESSONS. 201 Marium® se non posse occidere clamitans. Marius de- lo inde ab iis, qui prius eum occidere voluerant, e carcere emissus est. 492. Gaius Iulius Caesar. 44 b.c. Atque cum Caesar eo die in senatum venisset, adsiden- tem^ coniurati specie offici circumsteterunt ilicoque Onus, quasi aliquid rogaturus, propius accessit, renuentique^ ab * utroque umero togam apprehendit. Deinde claman- tem,* " Ista ^ quidem vis est," Casca, unus e coniiiratis, 5 adversum vulnerat paulum infra iugulum. Caesar Cascae bracchium adreptum''* graphi5 traiecit conatusque pro- silire alio vulnere tardatus est. Cum Marcum Brutum, quem fili loco habebat, in se inruentem vidisset, dixisse fertur : " Tii quoque, mi fili ! " Dein ut ^ animadvertit, 10 undique se ^ strictis pugionibus peti, ^ toga caput ob- volvit^ et ita tribus et viginti plagis confossus est. 6 Marium . . . clamitans. num. Marium is put first for em- Translate in this order : clami- phasis. The most emphatic word tans se non posse occidere Ma- in a sentence is put first. See 33. 492. 1 That is, eum (C) adsiden- ^ Agrees with Caesarem under- tem, following circumsteterunt. stood, object of vulnerat. 2 Renuenti = recusanti. Sup- ^ This (that you are doing), ply ei. One, to him {viz. Caesar) See 304,/ refusing, seizes the toga = on ^ See 353, <: (3). Caesar^s refusal, one seizes his "^ See 487, note 6. ^oga. 8 Himself to be attacked = thai * '^otfrom here, but on. he was being attacked. * " . . . then burst his mighty heart ; And, in his mantle mufl^ling up his face, Even at the base of Pompey's statua, Which all the while ran blood, great Caesar fell." 202 READING LESSONS. 493. Caesar Octavianus Augustus. 63 b.c. to 14 a.d. Forma ^ fuit Augustus eximia et per omnes aetatis gra- dus venustissima. Erat tamen omnis lenocini neglegens et in capite comendo ^ tarn incuriosus, ut eo ipso tempore, quo^ illud tonsoribus committeret, aut legeret aliquid aut 5 etiam scriberet. Paucis annis antequam moreretur, gravissimam in Ger- mania * accepit cladem, tribus legionibus cum duce Varo legatisque et auxiliis omnibus caesis. Hac nuntiata ex- cubias per urbem ^ indixit, ne quis tumultus exsisteret, et 10 magnos ludos lovi optimo maximo vovit, si res publica in meliorem statum vertisset. Adeo denique consterna- tum^ ferunt,"^ ut, per continues menses barba capilloque submisso, caput interdum foribus inlideret, vociferans, "Quinctili Vare, legiones redde ! " diemque cladis quo- 15 tannis maestum habuerit ac lugubrem. Tandem adflicta valetudine in Campaniam concessit, ubi, remisso ad otium animo, nullo hilaritatis genere abstinuit. Supremo vitae die petito speculo capillum sibi comi iussit et amicos circumstantes percontatus, 20 ecquid ^ eis videretur mimum vitae commode transegisse, 493. 1 What other case might ^ Urbs often used alone of have been used "i See 140. Rome. 2 For the construction com- * The Latin fully expressed pare 474, 4. would be, eum constematum 8 Supply tempore and translate esse, accusative with infinitive when. depending on ferunt. * Marks the place of cladem. "^ Ferunt = dicunt. Cf . fertur Augustus was not himself in =dicitur, 492, line 10. Germany. ^ Whether he had played the comedy of life fairly well. READING LESSONS. 203 adiecit solitam clausulam,* "Edite strepitum vosque omnes cum gaudio applaudite." Obiit Nolae sextum et septuagesimum annum agens. ^ In the Roman theatres it was usual for an actor, at the close of a comedy, to invite the applause of the audience. i^j,y,j.,,,^ TABLES DECLENSION" AND CONJUGATION. NOUNS. 494. First Declension. — A-Stems. SINGULAR. N. tuba, a trumpet. G. tubae, of a trufnpet. D. tubae, to or for a trumpet. Ac. tubam, a trumpet. Ab. tuba, with a trumpet. PLURAL. tubae, trumpets. tubarum, of trumpets. tubis, to ox for trumpets. tubas, trumpets. tubis, with trutnpets. 495. Second Declension. — O-Stems. SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. hortus horti donnm dona G. horti hortomm doni dononim D. horto hortis dono donis Ac. hortum hortos donum dona Ab. horto hortis dono donis a. The vocative singular of nouns in -us of the second declension has a special form in -e: horte. 206 6 NOUNS. SING. PLU. SING. PLU. SING. PLU. N. puer pueri ager agri vir viri G. pueri puerorum agri agrorum viri vironun D. puero pueris agro agris viro viris Ac. pueram pueros agrum agros virum viros Ab. puero pueris agro agris viro viris SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. filius filii consilium consilia G. fill, -ii fllionim consili, -ii consiliorum D. filio flliis consilio consiliis Ac. filium fllios c5nsilinm c5nsilia Ab. fIlio filiis consilio consiliis a. The vocative singular of filius is fill. 496. Third Declension. Mute Stems. SINGULAR. N. princeps G. principis D. principi Ac. principem Ab. principe rex regis regi regem rege miles mllitis militi militem milite caput capitis capiti caput capite N. principis G. principum D. princi'pibus Ac. principis Ab. princi'pibus reges . regum regibus regis regibus militis militum mili'tibus mllitis mlli'tlbus capita capitum capi'tibus capita capi'tibus NOUNS, SINGULAR, N. peB lapis virtus G. pedis lapidis virtu lis D. pedi lapidi virtu ti Ac. pedem lapidem virtutem Ab. pede lapide PLURAL, virtute N. pedes lapides virtutes G. pedum lapidum virtu turn D. pedibus lapi'dibus virtiitibus Ac. pedes lapides virtutes Ab. pedibus lapi'dibus virtu tibuB 207 Liquid Stems. SINGULAR N. consul pater victor homo G. consulis patris victoris hominis D. consul! patri victori homini Ac. consulem patrem victorem hominem Ab. consule patre PLURAL, victore homine N. consules patres vTctdres homines G. consulum patrum vTctorum hominum D. c5nsu'libus patribus victoribus homi'nibus Ac. consules patres vTctores homines Ab. consu'libuB patribus victoribus homi'nibuB SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR, PLURAL. N. vulnus vulnera corpus corpora G. vulneris vulnenim corporis corporum D. vulneri vulne'ribus corpori corpo'ribuB Ac. vulnus vulnera corpus corpora Ab, valnere vulne'ribus corpore corpo'ribuB 208 ►8 ^ NOUNS Stems in i. SINGULAR N. Ignis hostis nubis mare G. Ignis hostis nubis maris D. igni hosti nubi mari Ac. ignem hostem nubem mare Ab. igni, -e hoste PLURAL. nube mari N. Ignis hostis nubis maria G. Igniiim hostium nubium D. Ignibus hostibus nubibus maribus Ac. ignis, -is hostis, -is nubis, -is maria Ab. Ignibus hostibus nubibus maribus SINGULAR. PLURAL, SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. animal animalia calcar calcaria G. animalis animaliiun calcaris calcarium D. animali animalibus calcari calcaribus Ac. animal animalia calcar calcaria Ab. animali animalibus SINGULAR, calcari calcaribus N. cliens urbs arx nox G. clientis urbis arcis noctis D. clienti urbi arci nocti Ac. clientem urbem arcem noctem Ab. cliente urbe PLURAL. arce nocte N. clientis urbis arcis noctis G. clientium urbium arcium noctium D. clientibus urbibus arcibus noctibus Ac. clientis, -is urbis, -is arcis, -is noctis, -is Ab. clientibuB urbibus arcibus noctibus NOUNS. 209 497. Fourth Declension. — U-Stems. SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. gradua graduB cornu cornua G. gradus graduum cornus cornuum D. gradui, -u gradibus cornu, cornibus Ac . gradum gradus cornu cornua Ab . gradu gradibus cornu cornibuB 498. Fifth Declension. —E-Stems. SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL. N. dies dies res res G. diei dienim rei rerum D. diei diebus rei rebus Ac. diem dies rem res Ab. die diebus re rebuB 499. Special Paradigms. N. deus G. dei D. deo Ac. deum Ab. deo N. dei, dii, di G. deorum, deun D. deis, diis, dis Ac. deos Ab. deis, diis, dis SINGULAR. domus senex viB domus, -i (loc •) senis vis^ domui, -o seni vii domum senem vim domo, -u sene vi PLURAL. domiis senes vireB domuum, -omm senum virium domibus senibus viribua domos, -us senes virea domibus senibus viribua ^ The genitive and dative singular are rare. ADJECTIVES. SINGULAR. N. iter luppiter bos nix G. itineris lovis bovis nivis D. itineri lovi bovi nivi Ac. iter lovem bovem nivem Ab. itinere love bove nive PLURAL. N. itinera boves nives G. itinerum bovum, boum nivium T) itineribus itinera bobus, boves b5bus, bubus nivibus nives nivibus Ac. Ab. itineribus bubus ADJECTIVES. 500. First and Second Declensions. SINGULAR. Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. N. bonus bona bonum G. boni bonae boni D. bono bonae bono Ac. bonum bonam bonum Ab. bono bona PLURAL. bono N. boni bonae bona G. bononim bonarum bonorum D. bonis bonis bonis Ac. bonoB bonas bona Ab. bonis bonis bonis ADJECTIVES. 211 Masculine. N. liber G. liberi D. llbero Ac. llbenim Ab. llbero SINGULAR. Feminine. libera liberae liberae liberam libera Neuter. llberum liberi llbero llberum llbero N. liberi G. liberonim D. liberis Ac. llberos Ab. liberis N. aeger G. aegri D. aegro Ac. aegrum Ab. aegro N. aegri G. aegrorum D. aegris Ac. aegros Ab. aegris 501. liberae llberamm liberis liberas liberis SINGULAR. aegra aegrae aegrae aegram aegra PLURAL. aegrae aegrarum aegris aegras aegris Third Declension. N. G. D. Ac. Ab. M. and F. audax audacis audaci audacem audaci, -e N. audax audacis audaci audax audaci, ■ M. and F. audaces audacium audacibus audacis, -e audacibus libera llberorum liberis libera liberis aegrum aegri aegro aegnun aegro aegra aegrorum aegris aegra aegris PLURAL. N. audacia audacium audacibus audacia audacibus 212 ADJECTIVES. SINGULAR. M. and F. N. prudens G. prudentis D. prudent! Ac. prudentem N. prudens prudentis prudent! prudens Ab. prudent!, -e prudenti, -e M. and P. N. prudentis prudentia prudentium prudentium prudentibus prudentibus prudentis, -es prudentia prudentibus prudentibus N. brevis G. brevis D. brevi Ac. brevem Ab. brevi breve brevis brevi breve brevi breves brevium brevibus brevis, -is brevibus brevia brevium brevibus brevia brevibus Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. N. acer acris acre acres acris acria G. acris acris acris acrium acriuin acrium D. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus Ac. acrem acrem acre acris, -is acris, -is acria Ab. acri acri acri acribus acribus acribus 502. Irregular Adjectives. SINGULAR. Masc. Fern. Neut. N. alius alia aliud G. alius alius alius D. alii alii alii Ac. alium aliam aliud Ab. alio alia alio PLURAL. Masc. Fern. Neui. alii aliae alia aliorum aliarum aliorum aliis aliis aliis alios alias alia aliis aliis aliis ADJECTIVES, 21 Masc. Fern. Neut. Masc. Fern. Neut. N. unus una unum totus tota tatum G. unius unius unius totius totius totius D. uni uni uni toti toti tati Ac. unum unam unum tatum totam tatum Ab. uno una uno toto tota tato Masc. Fern. Neut. M. and F. Neut. N. duo duae duo tres tria G. duonim I duarum duorum trium trium D. duobus duabus duobus tribus tribus Ac. duos, d uo duas duo tres tria Ab. duobus duabuB duobus tribus tribus 503. Declension of Comparatives. M. and P. N. altior G. altiaris D. aliari Ac. altiarem Ab. altiare, -i N. altius altiaris altiari altius altiore, -i M. and F. altiares altiarum altiaribus altiaris, -is altiaribus N. altiara altiarum altiaribus altiara altioribus N. G. D. Ac. Ab. plus pluris plus plure plures plurium pluribus pluris, -es pluribus plura plurium pluribus pliira pluribus 214 ADJECTIVES. 504. Irregular Comparison. POSITIVE. facilis, -e, easy. difficilis, -e, hard. similis, -e, like. dissimilis, -e, unlike. humilis, -e, low. COMPARATIVE. facilior, -ius difficilior, -ius similior, -ius dissimilior, -ius humilior, -ius SUPERLATIVE. facillimus, -a, -um difficillimus, -a, -um simillimus, -a, -um dissimillimus, -a, -um humillimua, -a, -um gracilis, -e, slender. gracilior, -ius gracillimus, -a, -um exterus, outward. exterior, outer, extremus "1 outermost, exterior. extimus / last. inferus, below. Inferior, lower. infimus Tmus ■posiervka, following. posterior, later, postremus^ postumus superus, above. superior, higher, supremus summus > lowest, last. > highest. [cis, citra, on this side."] citerior, hither, citimus, hither7nost. [in, intra, in, within.'] interior, inner. intimus, inmost. r .. _. ^ I y -1 prior, former. primus, first. propior, nearer, proximus, next. ulterior, further, ultimus, furthest. [prae, pro, before.] [prope, near.] [ultra, beyond^ bonus, -a, -um, good, melior, melius malus, -a, -um, bad. peior, peius magnus,-a,-um,^r^^/. maior, maius multus -a, -um, much. \ ._ multi, -ae, -a, many. J parvus, -a, um, small, minor, minus sendx, senis, old. senior iuvenis, -e, young. iunior vetus, veteris, old. vetustior, -ius optimus, -a, -um pessimus, -a, -um maximus, -a, -um plurimus, -a, -um minimus, -a, -um maximus natu minimus natu veterrimus, -a, -um ^KS\y^ "^ NUMERALS. 05. Numerals. Cardinals. Ordinals. I. unus, -a, -um ) ^ 1- primus, -a, -um -. 2. duo, duae, duo secundus {or alter) 3. tres, tria tertius 4- quattuor quartus 5- quinque qulntus 6. sex sextus 7. septem .^ Septimus 8. octo octavus 9- novem nonus 10. decern ^ decimus \ undecimus II. undecim 12. duodecim duodecimus 13. tredecim tertius decimus 14. quattuordecim quartus decimus 15- quindecim qulntus decimus 16. sedecim, or sexdecim sextus decimus 17. septendecim Septimus decimus . 18. duodevlginti duodevlcesimus 19. undevTginti undevicesimus 20. vTgintT vTcesimus 21." rvTginti unus, or 'vTcesimus primus, or ^iinus et vicesimus Lunus et vigintT 22.- 'vTgintT duo, or .duo et vTginti 'vicesimus secundus, or .alter et vicesimus 28. duodetriginta duodetricesimus 29. undetrlginta undetricesimus 30. triginta tricesimus 40. quadraginta quadragesimus 50. quTnquaginta quinquagesimus 60. sexaginta sexagesimus 70. septuaginta septuagesimus 215 216 PRONOUNS. ■^' 80. 90. 100. lOI. 200. 300, 400, 500, 600, 700. 800, 900, 1,000, 2,000. 1 00,000, Cardinals. octoginta ndnaginta centum J centum unus, or Icentum et unus ducenti, -ae, -a trecenti quadringenti quTngenti sescentT, or sexcenti septingenti octingenti ' n5ngentl mille C^^\ duomllia- Vi^^VW^V. centum milia Ordinals. octogesimus nonagesimus centesimus Tcentesimus primus, or Icentesimus et primus ducentesimus trecentesimus quadringentesimus quingentesimus sescentesimus septingentesimus octingentesimus nongentesimus millesimus bis millesimus centies millesimus PRONOUNS. 506. Personal. SING. PLU. SING. PLU. SING. PLU. N. ego nos tu vos G. mei nostrum, -tri tui vestrum, -tri sui sui D. mihi nobis tibi vobis sibi sibi Ac. me nos te vos se, sese, se, sese Ab. me nobis te vobis se. sese, se, sese PRONOUNS, 217 507. Demonstrative. SINGULAR. N. hic haec hoc G. huius huius huius D. huic huic huic Ac. hunc banc hoc Ab. hoc hac hoc hi hae haec honiin harum horum his his his hos has haec his his his N. me iUa illud G. illius illius illius D. iUi illi mi Ac. mum mam mud Ab. mo ma mo mi mae ma morum marum morum mis mis mis mos mas ma mis miis mis N. is ea id G. eius eius eius D. ei ei ei Ac. emn earn id Ab. eo ea eo ei, ii eorum eis, iis eos eis, iis ea earum eorum eis, iis eis, iis eas ea eis, iis eis, iis N. iste ista istud G. istius istius istius D. isti isti isti Ac. istum istam istud Ab. isto ista isto isti istae ista istorum istanim istorum istis istis istis istos istas ista istis istis istis 218 PRONOUNS. SINGULAR. N. idem e'adem idem PLURAL. eaedem e'adem eidem Jidem G. eius'dem eiusdem eiusdem eonm'dem eanindem eonindem eis'dem eisdem eisdem .iis'dem iisdem iisdem Ac. eun'dem eandem idem eos'dem easdem e'adem eisdem eisdem eisdem D. eidem eidem eidem Ab. eodem eadem eodem iisdem iisdem iisdem N. ipse ipsa ipsum ipsi ipsae ipsa G. ipsius ipsius ipsius ipsorum ipsarmn ipsonmi D, ipsi ipsi ipsi ipsis ipsis ipsis Ac. ipsum ipsam ipsum ipsos ipsas ipsa Ab. ipso ipsa ipso ipsis ipsis ipsis 508. N. qui G. cliius D. cui Ac. quem Ab. quo Relative. SINGULAR. PLURAL. quae quod qui quae quae ciiius ciiius quorum quanmi quorum cui cui quibus quibus quibus quam, quod quos quas quae qua quo quibus quibus quibus 509. N. quis quae G. cuius cuius D. cui cui Ac. quem quam Ab. quo qua Interrogative. quid qui quae quae cuius quorum quarum quorum cui quibus quibus quibus quid quos quas quae quo quibus quibus quibus PRONOUNS. 219 510. Indefinite. SINGULAR. N. aliquis aliqua aliquid, aliquod G. alicu'ius alicuius alicuius D. alicui alicui alicui Ac. aliquem aliquam aliquid, aliquod Ab. aliquo aliqua PLURAL. aliquo N. aUqui aliquae aliqua G. aliquorum aliquanim aliquorum D. ali'quibus aliquibus aliquibus Ac. aliquos aliquas aliqua Ab. aliquibus aliquibus SINGULAR, aliquibus N. qmdam quaedam quiddam, quoddam G. cuius'dam cuiusdam cuiusdam D. cuidam cuidam cuidam Ac. quendam quandam quiddam, quoddam Ab. quodam quadam PLURAL. quodam N. quidam quaedam quaedam G. quonin'dam quarundam quonindam D. quibus'dam quibusdam quibusdam Ac. quosdam quasdam quaedam Ab. quibusdam quibusdam quibusdam 220 REGULAR VERBS. REGULAR VERBS. 511. First Conjugation. — A- Verbs, amo, love. Principal Parts: amo, amare, amavi, amatus. .., .'. •.'■--,,<>■-... •r., ,-.._.',-'...., ^^ .. ..t-.-Tl/LwN, Indicative. ACTIVE VOICE. PASSIVE VOICE. PRESENT. / love., am loving., do love., etc. / am loved., etc. amo amamus amgir amamnr amas amatis amaris, or -re amamini amat amant amatur amantur ^ IMPERFECT. j ... I loved, was loving, did love, etc.? "-^'^I was loved, etc. amabam amabamus amabar amabamur amabas amaBatis amabaris, or -re amabamini amabat aiiiabant amabatur amabantiir FUTURE. / shall love, etc. , / shall be loved, etc. amabo amabimus amabor amSbmiur f f amabia amabitis amaberis, or -re amabimini amabit amabunt amabitur amamintur PERFECT. / have loved, I loved, etc. / have been (was) loved, etc. amavi amavimus f sum T sumua amaviflti amavistia amatus ■< es amati-< estis amavit amavenmt, or -re [ est [ sunt REGULAR VERBS, 221 / PLUPERFECT. / had loved^ etc. amaveram amaveramus amaveras amaveratis amaverat amaverant / had been loved^ etc. {eram f eramus eras amati-^ eratis erat [ erant FUTURE PERFECT. / shall have loved, etc. amavero amaveris amaverit amaverint amavenmus amaveritis / shall have been loved, etc. ( ero C erimus amatus-j eris amati-^ eritis [^ erit [ enmt ^4>^^ irA-iT, amem ames amet amemus ametis - ament Subjunctive. PRESENT. amer amemur ameris, or -re amemini ametur amentur IMPERFECT. amarem amaremus amarer amaremur amares amaretis amareris, or -re amaremini amaret amarent amaretur " amarentur amaverim amaverimus amaveris amaveritis amaverit amaverint rsimus amati < sitis [aint PLUPERFECT. amavissem amavissemus fessem fessemus amavisses amavissetis amatus < esses amati < essetis amavisset amavissent [esset lessent 222 REGULAR VERBS. L ama, love thou. ■^"amate, love ye. amato, thou shall love. amato, he shall love. amatote, you shall love. amanto, they shall love. Imperative. PRESENT. y'^ J^- amare, be thou loved. jfamamini, be ye loved. FUTURE. amator, thou shall be loved. amator, he shall be loved. amantor, they shall be loved. Infinitive. Pres. amare, to love. amari, to be loved. Perf. amavisse, to have loved, amatus esse, to have been loved.. FuT. amatunis esse, to be amatum iri^ to be about to be about to love. loved, i Vj*- /\/J"^^^ -h/^^: Pres. amans, -antis, loving •Participles. Pres. %dJ\ Fur. amatunis, -a, -xiin, about Ger.^ amandus, -a, -um, to be to love. loved. Perf. Perf. amatus, -a, lun, loved, having been loved. Gerund. N. G. amandi, of loving. D. dimaxidiO, for loving. Ac. amandum, loving. Ab. amando, by loving. Supine. Ac. amatum, to love. Ab. amatu, to love, to be loved. 1 Gerundive, sometimes less correctly called future passive participle. REGULAR VERBS. Ill 512. Second Conjugation. — E-Verbs. moneo, advise. Principal Parts: moneo, monere, monui, monitus. — — iMnir'Axivp' / Indicative. ACTIVE. j^^^ rJ^ I advise^ etc. '"■ moneo mpnes monet monemus monetis monent PASSIVE. PRESENT. I am advised, etc. moneor moneris, or-xe monetur monemur monemini monentur / was advising^ etc. monebam monebamus monebas monebatis monebat monebant IMPERFECT. / was advised^ etc. monebar monebamur monebaris, or -re monebamini monebatur monebantur / shall advise., etc. monebo monebimus monebis monebitis monebit monebunt / shall be advised., etc. monebor monebimur moneberis, or-xQ monebimini monebitiir monebuntur PERFECT, / have advised., I advised., etc. I have been {was) advised, etc. monui monuimus fsuia rsmnus monuisti monuistis monitus^ es moniti-^ estis monuit monuerunt, or -re I est I sunt PLUPERFECT. / had advised., etc. / had been advised., etc. monueram monueramus f eram f eramus monueras monueratis monitus-^ eras moniti-| eratis monuerat monuerant [erat Iterant 224 REGULAR VERBS, FUTURE PERFECT. / shall have advised^ etc. / shall have been advised^ etc. monuero monuerimus fero rerimus monueris monueritis monitus-l eris moniti-l eritia monuerit monuerint [erit [erunt ■ ^ , £, r/ ^ti-wi moneam moneas moneat moneamuB moneatis moneant Subjunctive. PRESENT, monear moneamur monearis, or -re moneammi moneatur moneantur IMPERFECT. monerem moneremus monerer moneremur moneres moneretis monereris, <7r -re moneremini moneret monerent moneretur monerentur monuerim monuerimus monueris monueritis monuerit monuerint PLUPERFECT. monuissem monuissemus Tessem fesseinus monuisses monuissetis monitus-^ esses moniti-; essetis monuisset monuissent [ esset b.KJ:' liU 1. 'aim simus monitus ^ sis moniti - sitis sit sint [essent Imperative. PRESENT. moni, advise thou. monere, be thou advised. monete, advise ye. monemini, be ye advised. K «yV FUTURE. P^-A <^^ , moneto, thou shalt advise. monitor, thou shall be adv'^d. moneto, he shall advise. monitor, he shall be advised. monitote, you shall advise. monento, they shall advise. monentor, they shall be adv^d. REGULAR VERBS. 22S Infinitive. Pres. monere, to advise. Perf. monuisse, to have ad- vised. FUT. monitunis esse, to be about to advise. moneri, to be advised. monitiis esse, to have been advised. monitum iri, to be about to be advised. ^ ^ . , , Participles. Pres. monens, -entis, advising. Pres. FuT. monitunis, -a, -uin, about to advise. Gerund. N. G. monendi, of advising. D. monendUo, for advising. Ac. monendum, advising. Ab. monendo, by advising. Ger. monendus, -a, -um, to be advised. Perf. monitus, -di^van.,advised, having been advised. Supine. Ac. monitum, to advise. Ab. monitu, to advise, to advised. 513. Third Conjugation. — E- Verbs. rego, rule. 'n-.A^ I Principal Parts : rego, regere, rexi, rectus. ACTIVE. ^ ":A^'^/r«/^, etc. Indicative. " PASSIVE. PRESENT. I ajn ruled, etc. "^ rego regimus regis regitis regit regunt regor regimur . regeris, or -re regimini regitur reguntur 226 REGULAR VERBS. IMPERFECT. / was rulings etc. / was ruled, etc. regebam regebamus regebar regebamur regebas regebatis regebaris, or -re ! regebamini regebat regebant regebatur FUTURE. regebantur / shall rule, etc. / shall be ruled, etc. regam regemus regar regemur regis regetis regeris, or -re regemini reget regent regetur PERFECT. regentur / have ruled, etc. / have been ruled, etc. rexi reximus fsum sumua rexisti rexistis rectus- es recti- estis rexit rexenint, or ■ ■re [ est PLUPERFECT. sunt I had ruled, etc. / had been ruled, etc. rexeram rexeramus rexeras rexeratis rexerat rexerant {eram f eramus eras recti ^ eratis erat [erant FUTURE PERFECT. / shall have ruled, etc. / shall have been ruled, etc. rexero rexerimus fero ferimus rexeris rexeritis rectus-^ eris recti -^ eritis rexerit rexerint .erit Subjunctive. PRESENT. [erunt regam regamus regar regamur regas regatis regards, or -re regamini regat regant regatur regantur REGULAR VERBS, 227 IMPERFECT. regerem regeremuB regerer regeremur regeres regeretis rege!reris, or -re regeremini regeret regerent regeretur PERFECT. regerentur rexerim rexerimuB rsim ' simus rexeris rexeritis rectus^ sis recti j sitis rexerit rexerint sit PLUPERFECT. ^sint rexissem rexissemus ' essem ' essemus rexisses rexissetis rectus-^ esses recti -^ essetis rexisset rexissent esset Imperative. essent rege, rule thou. regite, rule ye. regito. thou shall rule. regito, he shall rule. regitote, ye shall rule. regunto, they shall rule. PRESENT. regere, be thou ruled. regimini, be ye ruled. FUTURE. regitor, thou shall be ruled. regitor, he shall be ruled. Pres. regere, to rule. Perf. rexisse, to have ruled. FuT. rectiinis esse, to be about to rule. reguntor, they shall be ruled. Infinitive. regi, to be ruled. Participles. /" Pres. regens, -entis, ruling. Pres. rectus esse, to have been ruled. rectum iri, to be about to be ruled. FUT. rectiinis, -a, -um, about to rule. /> Perf. Ger. regendus, -a, -um, to be ruled. Perf. rectus, -a, -um, ruled^ having been ruled. 228 REGULAR VERBS. Gerund. Supine. N. G. regendi, of ruling. D. r&genAo, for ruling. Ac. regendum, ruling. Ac. rectum, to rule. Ab. regendo, by ruling. Ab. rectu, to rule, to be ruled. 514. Third Conjugation. — Verbs in -lo. ft a/\J"V Principal Parts : capio, capere, cepi, captus Indicative Mood. ACTIVE. PASSIVE. PRESENT. / take, etc. / am taken. capio capimus capior capimur capis capitis ^ caperis, or-xQ capimini capit capiunt capitur capiuntur IMPERFECT. / was taking, etc. / was taken, etc. capiebam capiebamus capiebar capiebamur capiebas capiebatis capiebaris, or -re capiebamini capiebat capiebant capiebatur capiebantur FUTURE. / shall take, etc. / shall be taken, etc. capiam capiemus capiar capiemur capies capietis capieris, or -re capiemini capiet capient capietur capientur PERFECT. cepi, cepiBti, cepit, etc. captus sum, es, est, etc. PLUPERFECT. ceperam, ceperas, ceperat, etc. captus eram, eras, erat, etc. FUTURE PERFECT. cepero, ceperis, ceperit, etc. captus ero, eris, erit, etc. ^^ will be. Plural. sum us, we are. estis, you are. sunt, they are. IMPERFECT, eramus, we were. eratis,_yf?« were. erant, //^^j/ were. FUTURE. erimus, -zt/*? j^^// be. eritis, j^^^ w/// (^^. enint, they will be. PERFECT. fui, / have been, was. fuimus, we have been, were. f uisti, thou hast been, wast. f uistis, you have been, were. fuit, he has been, was. J f uerunt, or \ fuere, they have been, were. fueram, / had been. fueras, thou hadst been. fuerat, he had been. PLUPERFECT. fueramus, we had been. fueratis, you had been. fuerant, they had been. FUTURE PERFECT. fuero, / shall have been. fuerimus, we shall have been. fueris, thou wilt have been. fueritis, you will have been. fuerit, he will have been. fuerint, they will have been. 234 IRREGULAR VERBS. Singular. sim PRESENT. Plural. simus Subjunctive. Singular. essem IMPERFECT. Plural. essemus SIS sitis esses essetis sit sint esset essent fuerim PERFECT. ^^fuerimus fuissem PLUPERFECT, fuissemus fueris fueritis fuisses fuissetis fuerit fuerint fuisset Imperative. fuissent es, be thou. Singular. PRESENT. este, be ye. Plural. *• FUTURE. esto, thou shall be. esto, he shall be. Infinitive. Pres. esse, to be. Perf. fuisse, to have been. FUT. futurus esse, to about to be. estote, ye shall be. sunto, they shall be. Participle. be futurus, -a, -mn, about to be. 517. possum, posse, potui. -, be able, can. Indicative. Subjunctive. Singular. Pres. possum potes potest I MP. poteram FuT. potero Perf. potui Plup. potueram F. P. potuero Plural. possmnus potestis possimt poteramus poterimus potumius potueramus potuerimus Singular. possim possis possit PQSsem Plural. possimus possitis possint possimus potuerim' poruenm' potuerknus potuissem potuissemus Infinitive. Pres. posse Perf. potuisse IRREGULA^R VERBS. 518. prosum, prodesse, profui, profutunis, benefit. 235 Indicative. Subjunctive: Singular. Plural. Singular. Plural. Pres. prosum prosumus prosim prosimus prodes prodestis prosis prositis prodest prosunt prosit prosint Imp. proderam proderamus prodessem prodessemus FUT. prodero proderimus Perf. profui profnimus profuerim - profuerimus Plup. profueram profueramua profuissem profuissemuB F. P. profuero profuerimus Imperative. Pres. prodes, prodeste FuT. prodeato, prodest^te , Infinitive. Pres. prodesse Perf. profuisse FuT. profutunis esse Participle. FuT. profutunis, -a, -um 519. volo, velle, volui, - nolo, nolle, nolui, - malo, malle, malui, be willing, will, wish, be unwilling, will ftot. -, be more willing, prefer. Indicative. Pres. volo nolo .malo via ' non via mavia vult non vult mavult ' volumua nolumua malumiis vultis non vultia mavultia volunt nolunt malunt Imp. volebam nolebam malebam Fut. volam, voles, etc. nolam, noles, etc. malam, malea, etc. Perf. volui nolui malui Plup. volueram nolueram malueram F. P. voluero noluero maluero 236 IRREGULAR VERBS. Pres. velim veils veUt velimus velitis velint Imp. vellem Perf. voluerim Plup. voluissem Pres, FUT. Pres. velle Perf . voluisse Pres. volens Subjunctive. nolim malim nolis malis noUt malit nolimus maliTmiff nolitis malitis nolint malint nollem mallem noluerim maluerim noluissem maluissem Imperative. noli nolite nolito, etc. Infinitive. nolle malle noluisse maluisse Participle. nolens 520. eo, ire, ivi (ii), itunis, go. fio, fieri, factus sum (supplies passive to facio, make)^ be made, become. Indicative. Pres. eo imus fio fimus is itis fis fitis it eunt fit fiimt ' Indicative. Imp. ibam fiebam FUT. ibo fiam Perf. ii factus sum Plup. ieram factus eram F. P. iero factus ero IRREGULAR VERBS. 237 Pres. earn Subjunctive. fiam Imper. irem fierem Perf. ierim factus Sim Plup. iissem factus essem Imperative. Pres. i ite fi FuT. its itote ito ^iml'n Pres. ire Infinitive. fieri Perf. iisse factus esse FUT. iturus ( esse Partici PLES. factum iri Pres. iens, G en. euntis Pres. FUT. iturus, -a, -um Ger. faciendus Perf. Perf. factus Gkruni ). Supine. N G. eundi D. eundo 4c. eundum Ac. itum Ab. eundo Ab. itu fite 521. fero, ferre, tuli, latus : bear., carry., endure, ' Indicative. ACTIVE. , passive. Pres. fero ferimus feror ferimur fers fertis ferris, or -re ferimini fert ferunt fertur feruntur Imp. ferebam ferebar Fut. feram ferar Perf. tuli latus sum Plup. tuleram latus eram f. p. tulero latus ero 238 IRREGULAR VERBS. "J Subjunctive. Pres. feram ferar j: ^ ^ Imp. ferrem ferrer --x^"^ Perf. tulerim latuB Sim Plup. tulissem latus essem Imperative. ACTIVE. PASSIVE. Pres. fer ferte [lerre] ferimini Put. ferto fertote ferto ferunto fertor fertor feruntor Pres. Perf. FUT. ferre tulisse laturus esse Infin ITIVE. ferri latus esse latmn iri Pres. FUT. Pfrf ferens laturus Participles. Pres. Ger. ferendus latllR X i^rir . N. G. D. Ac. Ab. Gerund. XaLUn Supine. ferendi ferendo , ferendum , ferendo Ac. Ab. latum latu RULES OF SYNTAX. N. B. — These rules are here numbered consecutively for the convenience of teachers and pupils. The number following a rule is its section number. 1. The subject of a finite verb is in the nomi- native. 22. 2. A finite verb agrees with its subject in num- ber and person, 65. 3. A predicate noun agrees with the subject in case. 37. 4. An appositive agrees in case with the noun which it limits. 45. 5. A noun used to limit or define another, and not meaning the same person or thing, is put in the genitive. 36. 6. The partitive genitive is used to denote the whole of which a part is tahen. 203. 7. Adjectives agree with their nouns in gender, number, and case. 53. 8. A predicate adjective after a complementary infinitive agrees with the subject of the main verb. 298. 9. The indirect object is put in the dative. 28. 240 RULES OF SYNTAX. 10. The dative is used with est, sunt, etc., forms of the verb sum (516), to denote possession, the thing possessed being the subject. 29. 11. Most verbs meaning to favor, please, be- lieve, trust, help, and their opposites, also to per- suade, command, obey, serve, resist, pardon, and spare, and the like, govern the dative. 372. 12. Many verbs compounded with ad, ante, con, in, inter, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, and super, govern the dative. 397. 13. The dative is used with sum and a few other verbs to show that for which a thing serves, 399. 14. The gerundive with sum tahes the dative denoting the person who has a thing to do. 466. 15. Tl%e direct object of a transitive verb is in the accusative. 23. 16. J^ames of towns used to express place whither are put in the accusative without a preposition. 269. 17. Extent of time or space ^5 expressed by the accusative. 260. 18. The agent with a passive verb is expressed by the ablative with a or ab. 76. 19. The ablative is used to denote the means or instrument of an action. 84. RULES OF SYNTAX. 241 20. The manner of an action is denoted by the ablative, usually with cum; but cum may be omitted if an adjective is used with the abla- tive. 93. 21. The ablative is used to express cause. 132. 22. The ablative or the genitive of a noun may be used with an adjective to describe a per- son or thing. 140. 23. Twne when or within which ^5 expressed by the ablative. 155. 24. The ablative is used with verbs, adjectives, and nouns, to denote in what respect a thing is trite. 168. 25. The comparative is followed by the abla- tive when quam {than) is omitted. 194. 26. Degree of difference is expressed by the ablative. 210. 27. Accompaniment is expressed by the abla- tive with cum. 241. 28. IJtor, fruor, fung-br, potior, vescor, and their compounds, govern the ablative. 361. 29. The ablative absolute is used to express the time, cause, condition, or some other circum- stance of the action of the main verb. 388. 30. Words signifying privation, removal , or separation are followed by the ablative, with or without a preposition. 413. 242 RULES OF SYNTAX. 31. Names of Towns : (i) Place where is ex- pressed hy the locative. 407. See 180. (2) Place whither is expressed hy the accusa- tive without a preposition. 407. See 269. (3) Place whence is expressed hy the ablative without a preposition. 407. "^ 32. A relative agrees with its antecedent in gender and numher, hut its case depends on tlxe construction of the clause in which it stands. 113. U- 33. The suhjunctive is used with ut and ne to express purpose. 254. 34. The suhjunctive is used with ut and ut non to express result 278. K' 35. In a cum-clause expressing time, the verh is in the suhjunctive if the tense is the imperfect or pluperfect; otherwise, in the indicative. 382. 36. The verh of an indirect question is in the subjunctive. 421. 37. The suhjunctive is used in relative clauses of purpose, result, characteristic, and cause. 433. 38. The suhjunctive is used with cum causal or concessive. 435. 39. Wishes are expressed hy the suhjunctive with or without utinam, {oh that!) 441. 40. Wishes referring to the future, im^mediate or more remote, are expressed hy the present sub- junctive. 442. 41. Wishes referring to the present are ex- pressed by the imperfect subjunctive. 442. RULES OF SYNTAX. 243 42. Wlslies referring to the past are expressed hy the pluperfect subjunctive. 442. 43. Conditional sentences referring to present or past time and implying nothing as to fact have tJie indicative in both clauses. 450. 44. Conditional sentences referring to present or past time and contrary to fact have the sub- . junctive in both clauses, the imperfect referring to present time, the pluperfect to past time. 451. 45. Conditional sentences referring to future time, if more vivid, tahe the future or future ^perfect indicative ; if less vivid, tahe the present subjunctive in both clauses. 452. ^ — ^46. A primary tense in the main clause is followed hy the present or perfect subjunctive in the dependent clause, and a secondary tense by the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive. 419. 47. The tenses of the infinitive denote present, future, or past time, relatively to the time of the leading verb. 320. y^ 48. The subject of the infinitive is in the ax^cusative. 299. t<~49. Indirect statements follow verbs and obl%er expressions of saying, thinhing, knowing, and perceiving, and are expressed hy the infinitive with subject-accusative. 318. 50. The supine in um is used after verbs of motion to express purpose. 476.^ LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY. This Vocabulary includes all the words of the Reading Lessons. In this vocabulary words inclosed in brackets are, in most cases, those which are given in Latin lexicons and special vocabularies as the primitives of those against which they are set. But, except in compounds, and words obviously formed directly from others, it would be more correct to regard the bracketed words as connected with the others in formation from a common root or stem. It is on this ground that such instances will be found as cura referred to CUr5, and CUrO to cura. Neither is, strictly speaking, derived from the other, but both are formed from the stem CUra. Words printed in Gothic Italic type are at once derivatives and definitions. Many other more or less remotely derived words, not definitions, are added in SMALL CAPITALS. It will be seen that comparisons of words in reference to meaning are much more frequent than is usual in special vocabularies. This has been done from the conviction that the pupils should make such comparisons frequently from the outset. a or ab, prep. w. 2ib\.,from, by. ab-sum, -esse, aful, afuturus, be ab-dico, -are, avi, -atus, reject; away, be absent, be distant ; with se, resign, abdicate. with a or ab and abl. (516.) ab-diico, -ere, -duxi, -ductus, lead ab-utor, -i, -iisus sum, misuse ; away, take off ; abduct. abuse ; with abl. (361.) ab-e5, -Ire, -ii, -iiuxxis, go from, go ac, conj., see atque. off, go away. (520.) ac-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessurus ab-ici5, -ere, -ieci, iectus [iacio], [ad], go or come near, ap- throw off, throw down. proach. abs-terge5, -ere, -tersi, -tersus, ac-cendo, -ere, -di, -sus, kindle, wipe off. inflame. abs-tine5, -ere, -uT, -tentus ;^^c-cido, -ere, -cidi, [ad,cado], [teneo], keep back; refrain fall upon, fall out, happen. from, abstain. Accident. ac-cipio 246 Albanus ac-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [ad, [adolesco, grow], yozaA, young C2i^\o\, {take to), receive, accept. person. ADOLESCENCE. Cf. ac-cuso, -are, -avi, -at us [ad, cau- iuvenis. sa], accuse. . adventus, -us, m. [advenio, ap- acer, acris, acre, adj. sharp, keen ; proacfi], approach, arrival. active, eager. (163.) Acrid. Advent. acerbus, -a, -um [acer], bitter, adversus, -a, -um [p. of ad- sour. \Qxto], turned towards, opposite, acies, -el, f. [acer], edge ; line of in front. battle. I^aedificium, -I, n. [aedifico], build- acriter, adv. [acer], sharply, ing. Edifice. eagerly. t. aedifico, -are, -avi, -atus [aedes, acutus, -a, -um [acuo, sharpen], house, idicio], build. Edify. sharp. aedis (es-), -is, f. building ; plur. ad, prep. w. ace, to, towards, near. house. ad-e5, adv. to this ; so, so very. Aedui, -orum, m. the Aeduans, a Cf. ita, sic, and tam. Gallic tribe. a.d-eo, -Ire, -ii, -itus,go to, approach fi^aegei J aegra, aegnim, adj. sick, visit. (520.) weak, feeble. (500.) ad-fero (aff-), -ferre, attuli (adt), uAegyptus, -T, f. Egypt. adlatus (all-), bear to, bring, uaer, aeris, m. (ace. aera), air. (521.) i^aestas, -atis, f. summer. ad-fligo (aff-), -ere, -flixl, fllctus,t aetas, -atis, f. life, age. dash at ; weaken, afflict. ,_^ Africa, -ae, f. Africa. ad-icio, -ere, -iecl, -iectus [iacio]^ Africanus, -1, m. [Africa], Afri- throw to ; add to. canus, surname of Scipio. ad-iuvo, -are, -iuvi, -iutus, aid, :^^gQX,d.gn,ra. f eld, territory, {^"j.) help. ag-gredior (adg-), -T, -gressus sunj ad-lig5 (all-), -are, -avi, atus, [ad, gradior, step], approach, bifid, tie. attack. ad-orior, -iri, -ortus sum {rise up i^agiio, -are, -avi, -atus [frequenta- against), attack. tive of ago], shake, disturb, ad-repo (arr-), -ere, -si, , chase, drive. Agitate. creep towards, steal up. agnosco, -ere, -gn6\i, -gnitus [ad, ad-ripio (arr-), -ere, -ui, -reptus (g)n6sc6, know], recognize. Cf. [rapio], seize, snatch. cognosco. ad-sid5, -ere, -edi, , sit down, ago, -ere, egi, actus, drive, lead ; ad-sum, -esse, -fui (aff-), -futurus, act, do ; celebrate ; pass {life). be present, be here; w. dat. L^agricola, -ae, m. [ager, colo], (516.) farmer. -entis, m. and f. Albanus, -a, -um, adj. 4/6a/;; as albus 247 arz noun, inhabitant of Alba, a town in Latitim. albus, -a, -um, adj. white. Alexander, -dri, m. Alexander, king of AI ace don. aliquam-diu, z-dw.for a time. . ali-quand5, adv. [alius], at some time ; formerly, once. Cf. olim. ali-quantum, -T, n. [alius], some, a cojtsiderable amount. aliquis, -qua, -quid (-quod), indef. pron. some one, some, any. (308.) alius, -a, -ud, adj. another, other; alius . . . alius, one . . . another. (292.) al5, -ere, -ui, -tus, or -itus, nourish, strengthen. Alpes, -ium, f. the Alps. alter, -era, -erum, adj. the other {of two); alter . . . alter, the one, . . . the other. (291, 292, a.) altitiido, -inis, f. [altus], height. altus, -a, -um, adj. high, deep. ambulo, -are, -avT, -atus, walk, take a walk. amicitia, -ae, f. [amicus], /r/^, song. Chant. deem, be of opinion. Cf. puto. capesso, -ere, -IvI (-il), -Iturus Censure. [capio], take eagerly; resort centesimus, -a, -um, num. adj. to. [centum], hundredth. capillus, -1, m. [caput], hair {of LCentum, num. adj., indecl. hun- the head). dred. Cent. capio, -ere, cepT, captus, take, Ceres, -eris, f. Ceres, goddess of seize, capture. agriculture. Cereal. captivus, -i, m. [capio], captive, certamen, -inis, n. [certd], strife, prisoner. contest. Capua, -ae, f. Capua, a city in /^ertus, -a, -um, adj. fixed, deter- Italy. mined, certain, sure ; cextibxera. caput, -itis, n. head. (126.) facio, make {one) more certain. Capital. inform. career, -eris, m. prison. cerva, -ae, f. deer, hind. care, adv. [cams], dearly. Christus, -I, m. Christ. careo, -ere, -ul, -iturus, be in wfl«^i,cibus, -T, xa.. food. of lack, want ; with abl. uCicero, -onis, m. Cicero, a famous carpo, -ere, -sT, -tus, pluck, nibble. Roman orator. carrus, -I, m. wagon, cart, car. Cimber, -bri, m. Cimbrian. Carthago, -inis, f. Carthage, a Cincinnatus, -T, m. Cincinnatus, town in Africa. a famous Roman. Carthago Nova, a town in Spain, ^circum, prep. w. ace, around. cams, -a., -um,a.d']. dear, precious, circum-sto, -are, -stetl, , Casca, -ae, m. Casca. stand around, surround. circum-venio 250 con-fero circum-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventus, tive form of cum, a prefix de- surround ; circumvent. noting completeness or union ; citerior, -ius, adj. (no positive), sometimes intensive. hither. (200.) /^omes, -itis, m. and f. [com, eo], civis, -is, m. and f. citizen. (148, eontentus, -a, -um, adj. [p. of put. contineo], contented ; w. abl. coniurati, -orum, m. [coniuro, j^on-tineo, -ere, -ul, -tentus [com, conspire], conspirators. teneo], hold together, hold, con-loco (coll), -are, -avi, -atus contain. [com], place, station. continuus, -a, -um, adj. [con- con-loquor (coll-), -i, -locutus sum tineo], continuous, successive. [com], speak together, converse, contra, prep. w. ace, against. Conor, -ari, -atus sum, endeavor, CONTRARY. attempt, try. con-venio, -ire, -veni, -ventus C5n-salut0, -are, -avi, -atus [com], [com], come together, assemble ; salute cordially, greet. convene. consensus, -us, m. [c6n-sentio],_-^on-voco, -are, -avT, -atus [com], agreement, unanimity, consent. call together, summon, convoke. con-sequor, -1, -cuttls sum [com],./jcopia, -ae, f. [com, ops], abuji- follow close upon ; follow. da7ice, wealth; plur. troops, con-sero, -ere, -ui, -sertus [com], forces. Copious. join ; with man um, fight hand pGOrinthus, -I, f. Corinth. (13, 2.) to hand. jCornelia, -ae, f. Cornelia, mother C0n-serv5, -are, -avi, -atiis [com], of the Gracchi. preserve, save. Cornelius, -1, m. Cornelius, a C0n-sid5, -ere, -sedi, -sessus[com], Roman family name. sit down. , COrnu, -us, n. hortt. (230.) Page consilium, -1, n. [consulo, consult] , 1 30. advice, counsel, prudence, wis- , corpus, -oris, n. body. (138.) dom ; plan, design. *^ Corpse. c6n-spici5, -ere, -spexT, -spectus corrig5, -ere, -rexl, -rectus [com, [com, specio, look], look at rego], make straight, reform, attentively ; observe, see, behold. correct. con-spicor, -ari, -atus sum [con- cor-ripi5, -ere, -uT, -reptus [com, spicio], get sight of, descry. rapio], seize, take hold of. "^ Cdnstans, -antis, adj. [p. of con- corvus, -T, m. raven ; grappling- s^, stand firm], firm, steady. hook cottidie 252 de-sisto cottidie (cot-), adv. [quot, dies], daily. credo, -ere, -didi, -ditus, trust, believe ; w. dat. Credit. cre5, -are, -avi, -atus, make, cre- ate ; choose, elect. cruentus, -a, -um, adj. [cnior, blood\ bloody. culpa, -ae, f. [culpo], blame, fault. Culpable. Cf. vitium. culpo, -are, -avT, -atus [culpa], blame, find fault with. cum, conj. when; as, since; though, although. (382, 435.) cum, prep. w. abl., with. cunae, -arum, f. plur. cradle. cupio, -ere, -ivl, itus, desire, be eager for. Cf. volo. cur, adv. [qua, re], why, wherefore. CUra, -ae, f. [euro], care, anxiety. Curiatius, -1, m. Curiatius, one of the Curiatii. euro, -are, -avI, -atus [cura], care for, take care. currus, -us, m. [curro, run^, chariot, car. cursus, -us, m. [curro], running. cust5dia, -ae, f. [custos], guard; custody, prison. custodio, -ire, -ivl (-il), -Itus [custos, guard"], guard, protect, defend. cust5s, -odis, m. and f . [custodio], guardian, keeper. cymba, -ae, f. boat. Page 25. Dareiis, -T, m. Darius, king of ■Persia. dator, -5ris, m. [d5], giver. de, prep. w. 2\>\.,from, about, con- cerning, of{o{ time), in, during. dea, -ae, f. [deus], goddess. (Page 13, note 5.) debeo, -ere, -ul, -itus, owe, ought. Debit, Debt. decem, num. adj., indecl. ten. de-cerno, -ere, -crevi, -cretus {sepa- rate front), decide, settle, deter- mine ; decree. decimus, -a, -um, num. adj. tenth. de-duco, -ere, -duxT, -ductus, lead down, lead off, escort. de-fatig5, -are, -avi, -atus, tire out, exhaust. de-fendo, -ere, -di, -sus [defen- sor], {strike off from), defend, protect. defensor, -oris, m. [defends], defender, protector. de-fessus, -a, -um, adj. tired out, weary, very tired. de-inde {from thence), then, after- wards. delecto, -are, -avT, -atus, delight. deleo, -ere, -evi, -etus, destroy. Delete. de-litesc6, -ere, -litui, [late" hide away, lie hid. Delphi, -orum, m. Delpfti, a town in Greece. de-migr5, -are, -avi, -atus, migrate from ; remove, go aw^. denarius, -T, m. denariuk, a coin. denique, adv. at last, finally. dens, dentis, m. tooth. de-p5no, -ere, -posul, -positus, put down. de-ser5, -ere, -uT, -tus, abandon, desert. de-sist5, -ere, -stiti, -stitus {stand off or apart), leave off, cease ; desist. de-sum 253 dux de-sum, -esse, -fuT, , be from, be wanting, lack ; w. dat. (516.) de-terreo, -ere, -ul, -itus, frighten off, deter. deus, -I, m. god. (499.) de-vinco, -ere, -vicl, -vlctus, over- come, subdue. dexter, -era, -erum (oftener -tra- -trum), adj. right {hand). dico, -ere, dixi, dictus, say, tell, speak; appoint. dictator, -oris, m. [dicto, dIco], chief magistrate, dictator. dictatiira, -ae, f. [dictator], dicta- torship. dies, -el, m. and f. day. (258.) dif-ficilis, -e, adj. [dis, facilis, apart from easy'],hard, difficult. (198.) diligens, -entis, adj. diligent, careful, industrious. diligenter, adv. [diligens], dili- gently, industriously. diligentia, -ae, f, [diligens], dili- gence, carefulness, industry. '""'"iiico, -are, -avi, -"^X-ws, fight, con- tend. Cf. pugno. di-moveo, -ere, -movl, -motus, mffve asunder ; separate, drive away. dis-, di- (a prefix denoting separa- tion), . ^under, apart, in differ- ent directions. Cf. dimoveo, discedo, dispertio, dissimilis. dis-cedo, -ere, -cessi, -cessus, de- part, withdraw, go off. disco, -ere, didicT, , learn. dis-pertio, -Ire, -ivi (-il), -Itus [par- tio, divide\ distribute, divide. dis-similis, -e, adj. {apart from like), unlike, dissimilar. (198.) dis-traho, -ere, -axl, -actus, pull apart ; perplex, distract. diii, a.dv. for a long time, long. diiitius (comp. of diu), longer. divitiae, -arum, f. [dives, rich^ riches, wealth. d5, dare, dedl, datus, give ; put ; do poenas, suffer pu7iishm.cnt. doceo, -ere, -ui, -tus, teach, show. doctor, -oris, m. [doceo], teacher. ^oloXy -oris, m. pain, grief Dol- orous. dominus, -I, m. lord, master. (6 r .) Dominate. domus, -us, f. house, home ; domi, at home. (407, a, 499.) Do- mestic. donum, -I, n. \do], gift, present. Donate. Driisus, -I, m. Drusus, a Roman. dubito, -are, -avi, -atus [dubius], hesitate, doubt. dubius, -a, -urn, adj. [duo], doubt- ful. Dubious. ducentesimus, -a, -urn, num. adj. [ducenti], two hundredth. ducenti, -ae, -a, num. adj. [duo, centum], two hundred. diico, -ere, duxi, ductus [dux], lead. Duilius (C), -I, m. Caius Duilius, a Roman general. dulcis, -e, adj. sweet, pleasant. Dulcet. dum, conj. while, as long as; until. duo, duae, duo, num. adj. two. (284.) duo-de-triginta, num. adj., in- decl. twenty-eight. dux, ducis, m. and f. [duco]. 2S4 ex-stingu6 leader, general. DUKE. Cf. imperator. e, see ex, ecquid, interrog. adv. whether . . . at all. e-do, -ere, -didl, -diins, put forth, raise, utter. educo, -are, -avi, -at us, bring up, train, educate. e-duc5, -ere, -duxT, -ductus, lead out, lead forth, bring away. ef-fero, -ferre, extull, elatus [ex], bear out, carry forth. (521.) ego, pers. pron. /. (245.) eheu, interj. alas ! elegantia, -ae, f. elegance. elephantus, -1, m. elephant. e-ludo, -ere, -si, -sus, deceive, mock. e-mergo, -ere, -si, -sus, arise', come forth ; emerge. e-mitto, -ere, -misi, missus, send forth, let loose. enim, conj. (never the first word), for. Ennius, -i, m. Ennius, father of Roman poetry. eo, adv. Ix^^ to that place, thither, there. eo, ire, ivi (ii), iturus, ^^. {520.) epistula, -ae, f. letter, epistle. epulae, -arum, f. plur. feast, ban- quet. eques, -itis,m. [e(]}x\xs], horseman, knight. Page 44. equitatus, -us, m. [eques], {body of equites), cavalry. equus, -i, m. horse. e-ripio, -ere, -ul, -reptus [rapio], snatch out, seize; se eripere, escape. eruditus, -a, -um, adj. [p. of eru- dio, train\ educated, learned. et, conj. and ; et . . . et, both . . . and. Cf. atque, ac, and -que. etiam, adv. and conj. [et, iam, and now], also, even. Europa, -ae, f. Europe. e-verto, -ere, -ti, -sus, overturn, destroy. ex or e, prep. w. abl., out of, from. excelsus, -a, -um, adj. elevated, lofty, high. ex-clamo, -are, -avi, -atus, cry out, exclaim. Cf. clamito. ex-cogito, -are, -avi, -atus, think out, devise, contrive. excubiae, -arum, f. plur. watch, watchmen. ex-cuso, -are, -avi, -atus [causa], excuse. ex-eo, -ire, -ii, -itus, go out, come out. (520.) Exit. exercitus, -iis, m. [exerceo, train], (the thing trained^, army. eximius, -a, -um, adj. excellent, remarkable. ex-orior, -iri, -ortus sum, arise, begin. ex-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus, set forth, explain, relate. ex-pugno, -are, -avi, -atus, take by storm, take, capture. Cf. oppugno. ex-sisto, -ere, -stiti, , come forth ; arise ; be, exist. ex-specto, -are, -avi, -atus, await, wait for, expect. ex-spiro, -are, -avi, -atus, breathe out, expire, die. ex-stinguo, -ere, -nxi, -nctus ex-sulto 255 fore {guenck completely), extin- guish; kill, destroy. ex-sulto, -are, -avi, -atus, leap up, exult. ex-terreo, -ere, -ul, -itus, frighten, affright. ex-timesco, -ere, -timui, [timeo] , fear greatly. ex-trah5, -ere, -traxT, -tractus, draw out, drag out. extremus, -a, -um, adj. [exterus], outerm ost, last ; extreme . ( 1 99 • ) Fabricius, -i, m. Fabricius, a famous Roman general. fabula, -ae, f. [for, speak^, story, tale, fable. facetus, -a, -um, adj. witty, face- tious. facile, adv. [facilis], easily. facilis, -e, adj. [facio], {that can be done), easy to do, easy. (198.) Facility. f acinus, -oris, n. [facio], {the thing done), deed ; crime. facio, -ere, feci, factus, do, make. fama, -ae, f. [for, speak], rumor, report ; fame, renown. familia, -ae, f. household, family. fascis, -is, m. bundle, load. fatigo, -are, -avi, -atus, tire out, fatigue. fatum, -I, n. [for, speak], fate. faveo, -ere, favl, f auturus, be favor- able to, favor, befriend ; w, dat. feliciter, adv. [felix, fortunate], luckily , fortunately , successfully . femina, -ae, f. woman. Cf. mulier. Feminine. fera, -ae, f. [ferus, wild], wild beast. fere, adv. nearly, for the most part, almost, about-. fero, ferre, tull, latus, bear, bring; fertur, it is said ; ferunt, they say. (521.) Cf. porto and veho. ferox, -ocis, adj. [ferus], fierce, impetuous. Ferocious. ferreus, -a, -um, adj. [ferrum],^ iron. sword. adj. weary, ex- hausted. fidelis, -e, adj. [fidd], trusty, faithful. fideliter, adv. \f^dit\S.%], faithfully. f ido, -ere, fisus sum, trust. (362, a.) fidus, -a, -um, adj. [fid5], trusty, faithful. figiira, -ae, f. shape, form ; figure. filia, -ae, i. daughter. (P. 13, n. 5.) filiolus, -i, m. [dimin. of fllius], little son. filius, -I, m. son. (59.) Filial. finis, -is, m. end, border ; plur. territories. (148, c.) Final. fio, fieri, factus sum (supplies pass, to facio), be made, become. (520.) flecto, -ere, flexl, flexus, bend, turn. floreo, -ere, -ul, [flos], flour- ish, be conspicuous, be distin- guished. flos, floris, m. [floreo], flower. fluctus, -us, m. \?i\xo, flow], wave. fliimen, -inis, n. [fluo], {that which flows), river, stream. foedus, -eris, n. league, treaty. folium, -T, n. leaf Foliage. fons, fontis, m. spring, fount, source. fore, for futurum esse. foris 256 habeo foris, -is, f. door, gate ; t^\mx. fold- ing door. f5rma, -ae, f. form, figure ; beauty. formido, -inis, i.fear, terror. forte, adv. [fors, chance'], by chance, perhaps. fortis, -e, adj. strong, brave, cour- ageous. fortiter, adv. [fortis], bravely, courageously. f ortitiido, -inis, f . [fortis] , strength, bravery, endurance ; foriiiude. fortuna, -ae, f. [fors, chance], fortune, good fortune. forum, -1, n. market-place ; forum. frater, -tris, m. brother. Fra- ternal. frigus, -oris, n. cold. frumentum, -i, n. [fruor], com, grain. fruor, -i, fructus sum, enjoy ; w. abl. (361.) frustra, adv. in vain. Fufetius, -I, m. Fufetius, leader of the Albans. fuga, -ae, f. \ingio], flight. fugio, -ere, fugl, [fugo, fuga], run away, flee; flee from. Fugitive. fugo, -are, -avi, -atus [fugio, fuga], put to flight, rout. fulgeo, -ere, fulsi, , flash, gleam. funale, -is, n. torch. fungor, -I, functus sum, perform, discharge; w. abl. (361.) Function. Gaius, GaT (also written Caius), m. Caius, a Roman first name. Galba, -ae, m. Galba. galea, -ae, f. helmet. Page 97. Gallia, -ae, f. Gaul. gallina, -ae, f. [gallus, cock], hen. Gallus, -i, m. a Gaul. gaudeo, -ere, gavlsus sum [gau- dium], be glad, rejoice. (362, «.) gaudium, -I, n. [gauded], joy, gladness. geminatus, -a, -um, adj. [p. of gemino], doubled, double. gener, -erl, m. son-in-law. genus, -eris, n. race ; kind, class. Germania, -ae, f. Germany. Germanus, -I, m. a German. gero, -ere, gessi, gestus, bear, carry on, wage (war) ; ma?tage, do. gladius, -1, m. sword. Page 67. gloria, -ae, f. glory, fame, renown. Gracchus, -I, m. Gracchus, a Roman name. gradus, -us, m. step ; period, stage. (230.) Grade. Graecia, -ae, f. Greece. Graecus, -I, m. a Greek. gramen, -inis, n. grass. graphium, -1, n. stilus {for writ- ing). gratulor, -arl, -atus sum [gratus], congratulate. gratus, -a, -um, adj. acceptable, pleasing. Grateful. gravis, -e, adj. heavy, severe. Grave. graviter, adv. [gravis], heavily, severely, vehemently. grex, gregis, m. flock, herd. gust5, -are, -avi, -atus, taste, eat. habe5, -ere, -ul, -itus, have, hold, keep. habito 257 im-peritus habito, -are, -avi, -at us [frequenta- tive of habeo], inhabit ; dwell, live. Hannibal, -alis, m. Hannibal, a famous Carthaginian general. Page 55. hasta, -ae, f . spear. Page 1 5. baud, adv. not. Cf. non. Helvetia, -ae, f. Helvetia. Helvetii, -orum, m. the Helve- tians. Henna, -ae, f. Henna, a city of Sicily. heri, z.di\. yesterday. hiberna, -orum, n. [hiems], win- ter-qtiarters (sc. castra). Hi- bernate. hie, haec, hoc, demon, pron. this, this of mine ; as pers. pron. he, she, it. (100.) hie, adv. here, hereupon. hiems (hiemps), hiemis, i. winter; storm. hilaritas, -atis, f. cheerfulness, hilarity. hine, adv. [hic], hence. Hispania, -ae, f. Spain. Hispanus, -I, m. a Spaniard. historia, -ae, f. history. ho-die, adv. [hoc, die], to-day. homo, -inis, m. and f. {human being), man. (141.) hora, -ae, f. hour. Horatius, -I, m. Horatius, one of the Horatii. horror, -oris, m. trembling ; dread, horror. hortus, -T, m. garden. (43.) hospes, -itis, m. and f. guest- friend. hostilis, -e, adj. [hostis], hostile. hostis, -is, m. and f. enemy. (148, 149.) Hostile. humi (loc. of huvaxus, ground), on the ground. iaeeo, -ese, -ul, [iacio], {be thrown), Ite. iaei5, -ere, iecl, iactus [iaceo], throw, cast, hurl. iam, adv. already, now, at last ; non iam, no longer. Cf. nunc, iamiam, adv. already ; iamiam venturuSj/^^x/ about to come. ibi, adv. [is], in that place, there. [ico], -ere, icT, ictus, strike; foedus Ico, make a league. idem, eadem, idem, demon, pron. [is], same. {303.) idoneus, -a, -um, a.d].ft, suitable. igitur, conj. (seldom the first word), therefore, then. Cf. itaque. ignis, -is, m-j^f^*?. (148.) Ignite. ignoro, -are, -avT, -atus [ignarus, ignorant^ not know, be igno- rant of. Cf. nesci5. Ignore. ilieo, adv. [in, loco], on the spot, immediately. ille, -a, -ud, demon, pron. that {yonder) ; as pers. pron. he, she, it. (100.) immanis, -e, adj. htige, immense. im-par, -paris, adj. [in], unequal ; not a match for. imperator, -oris, m. [imper6],^^w»- mander, general. EmperoR. imperatum, -I, n. [impero], order, command. im-peritus, -a, -um, adj. [in], unskilled. imperium 258 inquit imperium, -I, n. [impero], com- mand, rule, poxver. Empire. impero, -are, -avi, -at us [imperi- um], order, command ; w. dat. Imperative. impetro, -are, -avI, -dX\xs,gain, pro- cure, obtain. impetus, -us, m. [impeto, rush upoM] , attack, as%rn/t. .1 M PETU- ousV im-plor5, -are, -avI, -atus [in], cry out to, beseech, implore. im-p5no, -ere, -posul, -posit us, [in], put ox place upon ; moutit; w. dat. Impose* im-pudens, -entis, adj. [in, not ; pudens, modesti, shameless, impudent, bold, brazen. in, prep. w. ace, iiito, to, against, for ; w. abl., in, on. in-, prefix, in composition with nouns, adjectives, and parti- ciples, often having negative sense. Cf. Eng. un-, in-, not. inanis, -e, adj. empty, useless. in-cipio, -ere, -cepi, -ceptus [capio], {take in hand)y begin. Incipient. incite, -are, -avI, -atus, arouse, excite, incite. in-clam5, -are, -avi, -atus, cry out ; appeal to. in-cognitus, -a.,-um,a.d}. unknown. incola, -ae, m. and f. [incolo], inhabitant. in-col6, -ere, -ul, [incola], dwell in, inhabit; live, dwell. Cf. habits and vivo. incolumis, -e,adj. unharmed, safe. in-crepo, -are, -ul, -itus, sound, resound, clash. in-ciiriosus, -a, -um, adj. careless, negligent. inde, adv. [is], thence. in-dico, -ere, -dixl, -dictus, pro- claim, appoint. indiitus, -a, -um [p. of induo], clothed, clad. in-eo, -ire, -ivi (-il), -itus, go in, enter ; begin. (520.) in-eptus, -a, -um, adj. [aptus,//], awkward, silly. in-ermis, -e, adj . [armz], ztnarmed. inferi, -orum, m. [Infer us], inhab- itants of the loiuer world ; the Ijifernals. inferior, -ius, adj. lower. (199.) in-fero, inferre, intull, inlatus (ill-), {bear in ox against), cause ; helium Inferre, make war upon ; w. dat. (521.) inf erus, -a, -um, ad j . below. ( 1 99.) infestus, -a, -um, adj. unsafe; hostile. infra, prep, with ace, below. ingenium, -I, n. genius. ingens, -entis, adj. huge, great. in-gredior, -I, gressus sum [gradior], step in, enter. in-hio, -are, -avI, -atus, gape at, long for. in-icio, -ere, -iecl, -iectus [iacio], throw upon, cast up07t. in-imicus, -I, m. enemy [amicus]. (149.) Inimical. in-lid5 (ill-), -ere, -si, -sus, dash against, crush. inopia, -ae, f. [inops, without re- sources'\, want, poverty, lack. inquit (placed after one or more quoted words), said he, says 259 Labienus in-ruo (irr-), -ere, -uT, , rush upon, make an attack. in-silio, -Ire, -ul, [salio], leap upon, l^ in-struo, -ere, -struxl, -structus, build in, form ; instruct, train ; prepare, provide. insula, -ae, f. island. Peninsula. in-sum, -esse, -fuT, , be in, be among ; w. dat. and w. in and abl. (516.) in-tactus, -a, -um, adj. untouched, uninjured. integer, -gra, -grum, adj. un- touched, uninjured ; fresh. I- inter, prep. w. ace, between, among, amid. inter-dum, adv. sometimes. inter-ea, adv. meanwhile, l^ inter-ficio, -ere, -feci, -fectus [fa- cio], kill, put to death. Cf. neco and occTdo. L^ interim, adv. in the meantime, meanwhile. inter-pello, -are, -avi, -atus, en- treat, importune. inter-rog5, -are, -avI, -atus, ask, inquire, question. (422.) IN- TERROGATION. inter-sum, -esse, -fui, -futurus, be among, be present at ; w. dat. (516.) Cf. adsum. inter-vallum, -I, n. interval, dis- tance; per intervalla, at in- tervals. intus, adv. [in], within^ inside. in-veni5, -ire, -venl, -ventus, come upon, find, discover. Cf . reperio. in-vicem, adv. in turn, mutually. in-victus, -a, -um, adj. [vinco], unconquered, invincible. in-voc6, -are, -avi, -atus, call. iocus, -1, m. (plur. ioci and ioca), joke, jest; per iocum, in jest, for a joke. -ipse, -a, -um, demon, adj. and pron. self, very. (303.) . ira, -ae, f. anger, wrath, ire. 1 is, ea, id, demon, pron. that ; as ^exs. T^xon. he, she, it. (119.) - iste, -a, -ud, demon, pron. that {of yours). (303.) isthmus, -I, m. isthmus. I ita, adv. so, thus. Cf. adeo, sic, tam. ; Italia, -ae, f. Italy. ita-que, conj. and so, therefore. Cf. igitur. '. iter, itineris, n. [eo], way, journey, march. (499.) ITINERANT, iterum, adv. a second time, again. Iteration. iubeo, -ere, iussi, iussus, bid, order, command. Cf. impero. iugerum, -T, n. (gen. plur. iuger- um), acre, juger. iugulum, -I, n. throat, neck. iugum, -T, Xi.yoke. luppiter, lovis, m. Jupiter, the su- preme deity of the /Romans. {4gg.) ius, iuris, n. right. Justice. iiissii, m. only abl. [iubeo], by com- mand, by order. iustus, -a, -um, a.d}. Just. iuvenis, -e, adj. young. Cf. adulescens. (207.) Juvenile. inventus, -utis, f. [iuvenis], body of yo7ith, youth. iuvo, -are, iuvl, iutus, help, aid. Labienus, -1, m. Labienus, a lieu- tenant in Caesar^s army. labor 260 magis labor, -oris, m. [laboro], labor, toil. Cf. opus. labors, -are, -avi, -atus [labor], work, toil; suffer. Elaborate. laetus, -a, -um, didi-glad, merry. lapis, -idis, m. stone. (130.) Lapidary. lateo, -ere, -ul, , lurk, lie hid. Latent. Latini, -orum, m. [Latium], the Latins. latitiido, -inis, f. [latus], width. Latitude. latus, -a, -um, adj. broad, wide. Iaud5, -are, -avi, -atus [laus], praise, laud. laus, laudis, f. [laudo], praise, glory, fame. legatus, -I, m. [lego, depute'], am- bassador, deputy, lieutenant. Legate. legio, -onis, f. [lego], (a gather- ing) > legion. lego, -ere, legi, lectus, gather; select; read. lenis, -e, adj. soft, smooth, gentle, mild. Lenient. lenocinium, -T, n. allurement, charm, personal adornment. Lentulus, -i, m. Lentulus. Ie5, -onis, m. lion. levo, -are, -avi, -atus [Jevis], lift up, raise. lex, legis, f. law. Legal. libenter, adv. [libet, it pleases], willingly, gladly. liber, -brl, m. book. liber, -era, -erum, adj./r^ -h m- Caius Marius, a famous Roman general. massa, -ae, f. mass, lump. mater, -tris, f. mother. Mater- nal. matrona, -ae, f. [mater], matron, wife, lady. maxime, adv. [maximus], most, especially, greatly. (2 1 5.) maximus, -a, -um, adj. greatest. (207.) medicus, -I, m. [medeor, cure"], physician. Medicine. medius, -a, -um, adj. in the middle, middle. melior, -ius, better. (207.) Amel- iorate, memoria, -ae, f. memory. mendax, -acis, adj. [mentior, //>], lying, deceitful. mensa, -ae, f. table. mensis, -is, m. month. Mercurius, -1, m. Mercury, mes- senger of the gods. (59.) mergo, -ere, -si, -sus, sink. metus, -us, m.fear, dread. meus, -a, -um, poss. adj. and pron. my, mine. (247.) mic5, -are,-ui, , quiver ; flashy gleam. miles, -itis, m. soldier. Mili- tary. Page 133. militaris, -e, adj . [miles] , military. militiae (loc. of militia), in ser- vice, in the field. mille, num. adj., indecl. in sing. ; in plur., milia, -ium, thousand. (284, d.) Milo, -onis, m. Milo, a famous Roman. Miltiades, -is, m. Miltiades, a Greek general. mimus, -T, m. mimic ; farce. Minerva, -ae, f. Minerva, goddess of wisdom . minor, -ari, -atus sum, threaten. minor, -us, adj. smaller. (207.) Minturnae, -arum, f. plur. Min- turnae, a town in Campania. mirabilis, -e, adj. [miror], to be wondered at; wonderful, ex- traordinary. Admirable. miTor 262 ivnus miror, -ari, -atus sum, wonder, wonder at, admire. miser, -era, -erum, adj. wretched, unhappy, miserable. miseria, -ae, f. [miser], wretched- ness, misery. mitto, ^re, misl, missus, send. Mission. moenia, -ium, n. [munio], walls {of a city). molestus, -a, -um, adj. [moles, pile^, troublesome, tiresome. Molest. moneo, -ere, -ui, -itus, remind, advise, warn. (512.) Monitor. mons, mentis, m. mountain, hill. Cf. collis. monumentum, -I, n. [moneo], monujnent. (346, <7.) mora, -ae, f. delay. morior, -I, mortuus sum (fut. • part, moriturus), [mors], die. mors, mortis, f. (morior), death. Mortal. mos, moris, m. manner, habit, custom. Moral. moveo, -ere, movT, motus, move. mox, adv. soon, presently. mulier, -eris, f. woman. Ci. femina. multus, -a, -um, adj. much, many. (207.) muni5, -Ire, -IvI, -itus [moenia], fortify, defend. munus, -eris, n. duty, office. murus, -I, m. wall. Musa, -ae, f. Nluse. muto, -are, -avi, -atus, change, alter. Mutation. nam, covi). for. narro, -are, -avI, -atus, tell, relate, narrate. nascor, -I, natus sum, be bom. Nasica, -ae, m. Nasica. surtiame of one of the Scipios. natio, -5nis, f. [nascor], race, nation. natu (abl. of natus), [nascor], by birth, in age. nauta, -ae, m. [for navita ; navis], sailor. navalis, -e, adj. [navis], naval. navis, -is, f. ship. (149.) Naval. Pages 79, 88. ne, conj. that not, that; lest ; w. hortatory subjunctive, not. -ne, interrog. adv. enclitic. (9, 3.) Cf. nonne and num. neco, -are, -avI, -atus, kill, slay. Cf. interficio and occldo. necto, -ere, nexui, nexus, bind, weave. Connect. neg-leg5, -ere, -lexi, -lectus [nee], disregard, neglect. nego, -are, -avi, -atus, say not ; deny, refuse. nemo, -inl (dat.), m. and f. [ne, homo], (no gen. or abl.), no one, nobody. ne-quaquam, adv. by no means, not at all. ne-que or nee, conj . and not, nor ; neque . . . neque, neither . nor. neuter, -tra, -trum, adj. neither {of two). (291.) Neutral. niger, -gra, -grum, adj. black. Cf. ater. Negro. nihil, n., indecl. nothing. Nihil- ist. Nilus, -I, m. the Nile. ni-si 263 of-fend6 ni-si, conj. if not, unless^ except. nix, nivis, f. snow. (499.) nobilis, -e, adj. [ndsco], well- know n, of high birth ; noble. noced, -ere, -uT, -iturus, do harm to, htirt, injure ; w. dat. Nox- ious. Cf. obsum. Nola, -ae, f. Nola, a town in Campania. nolo, nolle, noluT, [ne, volo], be unwilling, will not, not wish. (519-) nomen, -inis, n. [nosco], {that by which a thing is known), name. Nominal. non, adv. [ne, unum], not. non-ne, interrog. adv. expecting an affirmative answer, not. Cf. -ne and num. nosco, -ere, novi, notus, learn, know. P. notus, -a, -um, as adj. known. noster, -tra, -trum, poss. adj. and pron. our, ours. Nostri, otir men. novus, -a, -um, adj. new. Nov- elty. nox, noctis, f. wi-^/^/. (152.) Noc- turnal. niibes, -is, f. cloud. (148.) niidus, -a, -um, adj. unclothed, stripped ; nude. nuUus, -a, -um, adj. [ne, uUus], no, none, no one. (291.) NUL- LITY. num, interrog. adv. expecting a negative answer, whether. Cf . nonne and -ne. numenis, -i, m. number. numquam, adv. [ne, umquam], never. nunc, adv. fiow. Cf. iam. niintio, -are, -avi, -atus [nuntius], report., announce. niintius, -I, m. [nuntio], bearer of news., messenger. nuper, adv. [f or noviper ; novus], recently, lately. 0, inter j. O, Oh! Ob, prep. w. ace, on account of. ob-eo, Ire, -ivT (-ii), -itus, go to meet ; perish, die. (520.) ob-lino, -ere, -levl, -litus, dattb, smear, defile. Obliviscor, -I, oblitus ^wm, forget. Oblivious. Obses, -idis, m. and f. [ob, sedeo, «V], (one who sits or remains as a pledge), hostage. Ob-sum, -esse, -fui, , be against, be opposed to ; injure ; w. dat. (516.) Cf. noceo. Ob-tempero, -are, -avi, -atus, comply with, yield to ; w. dat. obviam, adv. in the way ; ob- viam flo, meet ; w. dat. Ob-volvo, -ere, -I, -volutus, wrap around, cover up. oc-cido, -ere, -cidi, -cisus [ob, caedo, cut'], cut down, kill. Cf. neco and interficio. OCCupo, -are, -avi, -atus [ob, capio], take possession of, seize ; occupy. Cf. potior. oc-curro, -ere, -curri, -cursus [ob], not to meet; meet, fall in with. Ocelum, -i, n. Ocelum, a town in Hither Gaul. of-fendo, -ere. -di, -sus [ob], strike against ; come upon, find. officium 264 paucus officium, -T, n. [opus, facio], ser- vice, kindness. 51im, adv. [oUe, old form of ille], {flt that time) ; formerly, once ; once upon a time. Cf . aliquando. omnis, -e, adj. whole, all, every. Cf. totus. onus, -eris, n. load, burden. onustus, -a, -um, adj. [onus], laden, loaded. Opera, -ae, f. [opus], labor, care ; operam do, try. Cf. labor. oppidanus, -I, m. [oppidum], townsman. oppidum, -I, n. town. Op-pugno, -are, -avi, -atus [ob], attack, assault, besiege. Cf. ex- pugno. [ops], opis, f. aid, help. optimus, -a, -um, adj. best. (207.) Optimist. opus, -eris, n. work, labor. Cf. labor, orator, -oris, m. [5r6, speak], orator. orbis, -is, m. circle, orb ; orbis terrarum, earth, world. ornamentum, -I, n. [orno], {fhat which adorns), ornament, Jewel. 5rn5, -are, -avT, -atus, adorn, ornament, deck. os-tendo, -ere, -dl, -tus [ob(s)], stretch out ; show, display. 5tium, -1, n. leisure, idleness. ovis, -is, f. sheep. Ovo, -are, , , exult; triumph. 5vum, -I, n. egg. paco, -are, -avi, -atus [pax], make quiet, subdue. Cf. vinco. Padus, -T, m. the Po. a river of Italy. paene, adv. nearly, almost. paenitentia, -ae, f. repentance, penitence. paliis, -udis, f. swamp, marsh. par, paris, adj. equal. pared, -ere, peperci (parsi), par- sus, spare ; w. dat. parens, -entis, m. and f. parent. (152, a.) pareo, -ere, -ul, , {come forth, appear), be obedient to, obey ; w. dat. pario, -ere, peperl, partus, bring forth, bear ; lay. Parmenio, -onis, m. Parmenio, one of Alexander'' s generals. par5, -are, -avi, -atus, get ready, prepare for. pars, partis, f. part, share. Partial. parvus, -a, -um, adj. small, little. (207.) pasco, -ere, pavi, pastus, feed, tend ; pasture. passus, -us, m. [pate5], {a stretch- ing out of the feet in walk- ing), step, pace; mllle passuum, mite. pater, -tris, m. father. (138.) Paternal. patienter, adv. [patiens,/a//>«/], patiently, with patience. patientia, -ae, f. [patior, bear], patience. patria, -ae, f. [patrius, sc. terra ; T^2iter'], fatherland, native land, country. Patriotism. paucus, -a, -um, adj. (generally t^Imx.), few, little. Paucity. J 3 4 paulo 265 -O paulo, adv. [paulus], by a little, little. . paulum, adv. [paulus], a little , somewhat. -^pax, pads, f. (no gen. plur.), peace. Pacify. pecco, -are, -avT, -atus, make a mistake, commit {a fault), sin. pectus, -oris, n. breast. pecunia, -ae, f. [pecus, cattle^, money. Pecuniary. pedes, -itis, m. {j^hii], foot-soldier. peditatus, -us, m. [pedes], iti- fantry. peior, adj. (207.) pello, -ere, pepuli, pulsus, drive away; repel. pensum. [pendo. (what is weighed out, e.g. 7uool, as a task for spinning), task ; lesson, exercise. per, prep. w. ace, through, by, by means of, on account of. pera, -ae, f. bag, wallet. per-agr5, -are, -avi, -atus [ager], wander through, pass over, traverse. per-contor, -ari, -atus sum, ask, inquire. per-do, -ere, -didl, -ditus, lose. per-fero, -f erre, -tuli, -latus, spread abroad. (521.) per-fici5, -ere, -feci, -fectus [facio], accomplish ; perfect. per-fruor, -I, -fructus sum, enjoy thoroughly, enjoy ; w. abl. periculum, -T, n. trial, attempt; risk, danger, peril. peritus, -a, -um, adj. [p. of perior, tryl, {having tried), skilful. per-mitt5, -ere, -misi, -missus. poena suffer, permit ; allow, grant, w. dat. Persae, -arum, m. the Persians. per-sequor, -T, -secutus sum, fol- low up, pursue. per-st5, -stare, -stiti, staturus, stand fast, persist. per-stringo,-ere,-strinxi,-strictus, bind closely; affect deeply, thrill. per-suadeo, -ere, -suasi, -suasus, persuade ; w. dat. per-terre5, -ere, , -itus, thor- oughly frighten. pertinacia, -ae, f. perseverance ; obstinacy, pertinacity. pes, pedis, m./^^A (130.) Pedal. pessimus, -a, -um, adj. worst. (207.) Pessimist. peto, -ere, -ivi (-ii), -itus, seek, demand, beg; attack. Peti- tion. Cf. rogo. pharetra, -ae, f. quiver. Philotimus, -i, m. Philotimus. piger, -gra, -grum, adj. slow, lazy. pigritia, -ae, f. [piger], laziness, sloth. pilum, -I, xv. javelin. Page 102. placed, -ere, -ui, -itus, please ; w. dat. plaga, -ae, f. stroke, blow, thrust. planities, -el, f. [planus, eveit, level\ {a flatness), level ground, plain. plurimus, -a, -um, adj. most,ve}y many. (207.) plus, pliiris, adj. more. (208.) Pliito, -onis, m. Pluto, god of the lower world. poculum, -I, n . C7ip, bowl. Page 69. poena, -ae, f. [punio], quit-money ; fine, punishment. Penal. Poenus 266 pro Poenus, -i, m. a Carthaginian. poeta, -ae, m. poet. poUiceor, -eri, -itus s\xm, promise. Pompeius, -el, m. Pompey, a famous Roman general. pono, -ere, posui, positus, put^ place, set, pitch {camp). Posi- tion. pons, pontis, m. bridge. Popedius, -T, m. Popedius. populus, -T, m. people. Porcius, -I, m. Porcius, family name of Cato. porta, -ae, f. gate, door. Portal. port5, -are, -avT, -atus, carry, bring. Cf. fero and veho. portus, -us, m. harbor, port. (231-) possum, posse, potui, [potis, able, sum], be able, can ; pluri- mum posse, be very powerful, have most influence. (296, 517-) post, prep. w. ace, after, behind ; as adv., afterivards. post-ea, adv. afterwards. [posterus], -a, -um, adj. [post], following, next. (199.) post-quam, conj. after. potior, -Tri, -Itus sum \^o\\?>,able'\, become tn aster of, get, get posses- sion of ; w. gen. or abl. . praebe5, -ere, -uT, -itus [prae. habeo], hold forth, offer, fur- nish ; cause, render. prae-cino, -ere, -cinui, [cano, sing\play before. prae-clarus, -a, -um, adj. very splendid, glorious. praeda, -ae, f. booty, spoil, prey. Predatory. prae-dico, -are, -avi, -atus [prae, dico, -are, make known], pro- claim, boast. prae-fero, -ferre, -tull, -latus, carry before. (521.) prae-luce5, -ere, -xl, , shine before, light the way before. praemium, -I, n. reward, prize. Premium. praesidium, -1, n. [prae, sedeo, sit before], defense, help, pro- tec ti oil. prae-sto, -stare, -stiti, -stitus, stand out, surpass, be superior to. prae-sum, -esse, -ful, , be be- fore, be at the head of, com- mand ; yf. dat. (516.) praeter, prep. \f. ace, beyond, be- sides, except. praetextus, -a, -um, adj. [p. of praetexo, fringe], bordered; toga praetexta, toga with pur- ple border, worn by, the higher magistrates and by free-born children. Page 191. pratum, -T, n. meadow. pretiosus, -a, -um, adj. [pretium, price], precious. [prex, precis], f. (used mostly in plur.), prayer, entreaty. primus, -a, -um, adj. first, fore- most. (200.) Prime. princeps, -cipis, m. [primus, capio], (taking the first place), chief, leader. (126.) PRINCE. prius, adv. [prior], before, sooner, ■ previously. prius-quam, conj. sooner than, before. pr5, prep. w. abl., before, in behalf of, for ; considering. pr5 267 quantus pr5, interj. O ! pr5-cedo, -ere, -cessi, ^ go for- ward, advance^ proceed. Cf. progredior. Ql, . 'JiJj^XA/1^ ^ procul, adv./^ift-, afar off. proelium, -I, n. hatile, combat. Cf. pugna. pro-fero, -ferre, -tull, -latus, bring forth. (521.) proficiscor, -I, -fectus sum, set out, inarch, go. Cf. exeo. pro-gredior, -i, -gressus sum [gradior, 5tep\ go forward, advance, progress. Cf. pro- cedo. / ptope, prep. w. ace, near, near to ; adv. close at hand, nearly. prepare, adv. hastily, quickly. propero, -are, -avi, -atus, hasten. propior, -ius, adj. [prope], nearer. (200.) propius, adv. [prope], nearer. pro-pono, -ere, -posui, -positus, put before, set forth ; make known, declare. Propose. propositum, -I, n. [pr6p6n6j,/«r- pose, design, resolution. Prop- osition. propter, prep. w. ace, on accotmt of Proserpina, -ae, f. Proserpine, daughter of Ceres. pro-silio, -Ire, -uT, [salio], leap forward. pro-sum, prodesse, profui, , be before, be useful to, benefit ; w. dat. (518.) provincia, -ae, f. province. proximus, -a, -um, adj. nearest, next. (200.) Proximity. prudens, -entis, adj. [for provi- d^ns], wise, sagacious, kncnving, prudent. (163.) prudentia, -ae, f. [prudens], /tfry •whom ? 133. r- expressed by ablative with a or ab, 76. with the gerundive, 465, c, 466. ager, declension, 57, 495. agreement of adjectives, 53. appositives 290 consonant appositives, 45. predicate nouns, 37. relative pronouns, 113. aliquis, declension, 30S, 510. alius, declension, 292, 502. alius . . . alius (alii . . . alii), mean- ing, 292, a. alphabet, i. alter . . . alter, meaning, 292, a. altior, declension, 192, 503. altus, comparison, 191. «. amo, conjugation, 511. animal 4 declension, 148, 496. antecedent of relative pronouns, 248. of clause of characteristic, 432, b. antepenult, 7, j ; when accented, 9, 2. appeals, 443, 444. apposition, 44, 45. arrangement of words in Latin sen- tence, 32. article, none in Latin, 16, b. arx, declension, 152, 496. . audax, declension, 163, 501 ; compari- son, 191. audio, conjugation, 515. avis, declined like ignis, 148, c. B bonl, as noun, p. 44, n. 2. bonus, declension, 500; comparison, 207. bos, declension, 499. breris, declension, 163, 501 ; compari- son, 191. calcar, declension, 148, 496. capio, conjugation, 514. caput, declension, 126, 496. cardinals, table of, 505. indeclinable from quattuor to centutn, 284, b. case of relative pronouns, 113. cases, names, 12 [see under nominative, genitive, etc.]. Muaal clauses, with cum, 434, 435; relative, 43a. 433- cause, expressed by the ablative, 132, 388. characteristic ablative [see ablative of description], 140. relative clauses, 432, 433. characteristic Towels of the four con- jugations, 337. clvis, declined like Ignis, 148, c. clauses, final, 253, d. of purpose, 254. relative (of purpose, characteristic, etc.), 432, 433. with cum, when, 381, 382. cliens, declension, 152, 496. colloquia : for practice on pronuncia- tion, etc., II, 26, 41. Duo puer'i, 70. Frater et Sororcula, 137, 162, 289. Pater et Filiolus, 79, 219, 367. Praeceptor et Discipulus, 147, 264. Socrates et RJtadamanthus , 431. Tityrus et Meliboeus, 416. commands, 443, 444. comparative, declined, 192; plus, de- clined, 208. followed by the ablative, 194. meaning too, 194, c. comparison of adjectives, 190-194, 198- 201, 207, 208. irregular, 198-201, 207. by adverbs, 201. six adjectives in lis, 198. irregular superlatives, 199. positive wanting, 200. of adverbs, 215. ablative of, 194. compound tenses often omit est, p. 106, n.4. conditional sentences, 448. present and past time with nothing implied, 449, 450. contrary to fact, 450, B, 451. future time, 451, C, D, 452. conjuiration. See verbs. consilium, genitive in i, 59; declen- sion, 495. consonant ly 2. steins 291 conditions stems, how named, 125. consonants, 7, 2, j. how pronounced, 6. consul, declension, 138, 496. contraction in perfect and cognate tenses when v is lost, 337, b. in genitive of nouns in turn and ius, 59- vowel resulting from contraction, 8, 3. cornu, declension, 230, 497. corpus, declension, 138, 496. cum, with abl. of accompaniment, 241. with ablative of manner, 93. joined to ablative of personal pro- nouns, 246, e. in clauses of time, 381, 382. causal and concessive, 432-435. datiTe case, 12. of agent, 465, c, 466. with adjectives, 27, j. with compound verbs, 397. with compounds of sum, 397, a. double dative, 399, a. of iudirect object, 28. of possession, 29. of service, 398, 399. with intransitive vcbs, 372. dea, dat. and abl. plural of, p. 13, n. 5. declension. See «se, 304, g. sum, conjugation, 516. compounds, inflected, 395 ; govern the dative (except aisurn and possum), 397, a. 8UU8, how formed and declined, 247. compared with eius, 248, b. supine in umi, 475, 476. in u, 476, b, c. syllables, number of, 7, /. division of, 7, 2, 3. in compound words, 7, 4. how named, 7, 3. temporal clauses introduced by cum, 381, 382. tenses of infinitive in indirect discourse, 319, 320. primary and secondary, 418, «. sequence of, 419. terminations, 19, a. time, how expressed, 154, 155; extent, 259, a, 260. towns, rules for names of, 407. place whither, 269. totus, declension, 292, 502. tres, declension, 284, 502. tu, as reflexive, 246, c. tuba, declension, 19, 494. tuns, how formed and declined, 247. compared with vester, 247, a. u as a semi-vowel, p. 2, n. ultima, 7, J. ullus, rendered any after a negative, sine, etc., p. 124, n. 7. unus, declension, 284, 502. urbs, declension, 152, 496. ut of purpose (negative ne), 254. translated in various ways, 253. of result (negative ut tton), 277, 278. translated that not with verbs of fear- ing. 333. a. translated when or as, when followed by the indicative, p. 196, n. 6. utinam in subjunc. of appeal, 440, 441. omitted with the present, 441, a. utor governs the ablative, 361. V, often lost between vowels in the perfect and cognate tenses, 337, b. verbs : agreement, 65 ; in relative clauses, 248, a. case of subject, 22 ; of object, 23. personal endings show the person and number of the omitted subject, i\.d. invariably intransitive give the future active participle in the principal parts, instead of the perfect passive, p. 96, n. I. transitive in English are often intran- sitive and govern the dative in Latin, 371, 372. of first conjugation, 71-74, 88-91 ; conjugation, 511. of second conjugation, 172-174, 184- 187; conjugation, 512. of third conjugation, 220-222, 237- 239; conjugation, 513; in id, 265-267; conjugation, 514. oi fourth conjugation, 324-326, 330- 332; conjugation, 515. how conjugations are distinguished, p. 26, n. I. review of four conjugations, 337-341. deponents: form, meaning, and charac- teristics, 358 ; how conjugated, 359. periphrastic conjugations, 462-466. irregular verbs : see under eo, fid, fero, etc. special constructions : see under sub- junctive, infinitive, participle. ▼ester, how formed and declined, 247. compared with tuus, 247, a. vestrum 297 wishes Testrum, usually partitive, 246, d. Tocative case, 12 ; use, 43, b. Tetns, comparison, 207. of proper names in -ius, 59. compared with senex, 211. of «j-nouns of the second declension, Tlctor, declension, 138, 496. 43, a, 495, a, Tideo in the passive often rendered T0I6, 368-370 ; conjugation, 519. seem, p. 96, n. 2. v58, declension, 245, 506. ?ir, declension, 57, 495. vowels, quantity : short, 8, 2 ; long, 8, j. distinguished from homo, 141. Tulnus, declension, 138, 496. yirtns, declension, 130, 496. Tis, declension, 499. " Tocabularies : Latin-English, p. 251. whither, place, how expressed, 269. English- Latin, p. 275. wishes, 440-442 ; negative, 441, a. AJ X ftAp^ jOA- 1< Via Latina AN EASY LATIN READER. By WILLIAM C. COLLAR. '"'^■'IV/i: gnlrXston. With VOCABULAEY by CLARENCE W. GLEASON, ^^^'^'^ "iaufschool. lamo. Cloth. 203 pages. For introduction, 75 cents. This book is an attempt to bridge the gap between the first Latin manual, covering forms and simple constructions, and a continuous classical work, like the "Lives of Nepos" or Caesar's " Gallic War." It has been proved by experi- ence that discouragement and great loss of time result from plunging beginners too early into difficult Latin. This book is designed for a few months of rapid reading, beginning with selections from "The New Gradatim," and ending with the "Life of Caesar" and the "Alcibiades" of Nepos slightly simplified. E. C. Warriner, Principal of High School {East Side), Saginaw, Mich. : It is an excellent selection of easy Latin reading, and a book which is admirably suited for the purpose intended. Emma A. Scudder, Teacher of Latin, English High School, Cam- bridge, Mass. : The subject-matter is interesting, well arranged, and attractive in every respect. I wish we might have such a work intro- duced into our school to precede Nepos and Caesar. Thomas Fitz-Hugh, Professor of Latin, University of Texas, Austin, Tex.: It shows the same eminently practical and efficient qualities that characterize all of Mr. Collar's text-books. I entirely approve of the general plan. I can imagine no more useful and available manual for every purpose involved in our discussions. C. C. Ramsey, Principal of High School, Fall River, Mass. : A capital Latin reader ; the notes and vocabulary are excellent and the selections could not be better. QINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. ■jt -^/^ttj/ij Easy Latin for Sight Reading FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS. Selections from Ritchie's " Fabulae Faciles," Lhomond's " Urbia Romae Viri InTustres," and Gellius' " Noctes Atticae." Edited, with Introduction, Models for Written Lessons, Idioms, and Annotations, By B. L. D'OOGE, Professor of Latin and Greek in the Michigan State Normal College ', editor of " Viri Romae, ^^ etc. 12mo. Cloth. 146 pages. Illustrated. For introduction, 40 cents. '^'HIS little book is designed to be helpful to those who desire to do Vi/ more sight reading in secondary schools. It is intended especially for students who wish to learn to read Latin easily and need an elementary guide. The author holds that students should be taught to read, and to understand as they read, without translation, from the very beginning. The aim from the outset should be to learn to read Latin. This is not so difficult, in the opinion of the author, as it seems, and pupils in secondary schools can with proper instruction acquire considerable facility in this direction. For a well-graded series of selections for higher schools nothing better can be found than Ritchie's Fabulae Faciles, Lhomond's Urhis Romae Viri Inhistres, and Gellius' Nodes Atticae. The selections of this book have accordingly been made from these three sources. The Fabulae Faciles may be used to advantage during the latter half of the first year and the first part of the second ; the selections from Viri Romae come next in difficulty, and then those from Gellius. It has been the plan of the author to afford sufficient and suitable material for the entire preparatory course. The quantities are marked. From considerable experience with classes in sight reading, and from the experience and publications of others, Professor D'Ooge has compiled and formulated in a few introductory pages some hints and suggestions that will be found useful in teaching the art of reading Latin. These are followed by a few models for written lessons, which will be of practical use to the young student. The increasing and very proper emphasis placed upon translation at sight in the curricula of all our best higher schools and colleges has insured a cordial welcome to this little book. QiNN & Company, Publishers, Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. TEXT-BOOKS FOR HIGHER SCHOOLS By William C. Collar, Head-Master of Roxbury Latin School, Boston, and M. Grant Daniell, recently Principal of Chauncy-Hall School, Boston. Collar and Daniell's First Latin Book. i2mo. Cloth. Illustrated. 286 pages. For introduction, $1.00. Collar and Daniell's Beginner's Latin Book. Complete with Grammar Exercises. Selections for Translating, and Vocabulary, izmo. Cloth. 283 pages. For introduction, $1.00. Latine Reddenda. The English-Latin exercises from "The Beginner's Latin Book." With Glossarium Grammaticum. i2mo. 41 pages. Paper. For introduction, 20 cents. With Glossarium Grammaticum and English-Latin Vocabulary, i2mo. 58 pages. Cloth. For introduction, 30 cents. Collar and Daniell's Beginner's Greek Composition. Based mainly pon Xenophon's Anabasi; ■"or introduction, 90 cents. Bv WILLIAM C. COLLAR. upon Xenophon's Anabasis, Book I. Sq. i6mo. Cloth. 201 pages. Illustrated. Foi Collar's Via Latina. A new Latin Reader. i2mo. Cloth. 203 pages. For introduction, 75 cents. Collar's New Gradatim. Revised. i6mo. Cloth. 189 pages. For introduction, 50 cents. Collar's Practical Latin Composition. i2mo. Cloth. 268 pages. F'or introduction, $i.oo. Collar's Gate to Caesar. Sq. i6mo. Cloth. 141 pages. For intro- duction, 40 cents. Caesar, Gallic War. Book II. Edited, with Notes and a Vocabulary. i6mo. Cloth. 96 pages. For introduction, 35 cents. Latin and Greek School Classics. Vergil's Aeneid. Book VII. Issued both with and without translation. i6mo. Cloth. Illustrated. For introduction, 45 cents. Latin and Greek School Classics. Collar's Shorter Eysenbach. Plysenbach's Practical German Grammar. Revised and largely rewritten, with Notes to the exercises and Vocabularies. Revised by Clara S. Curtis. i2mo. Cloth. 242 pages. For introduction, $1.00. Collar's German Lessons. Eysenbach's Practical German Grammar. Revised and largely rewritten, with Notes, Selections for Reading, and Vocab- ularies. i2mo. Cloth. 360 pages. For introduction, $1.20. Collar's English into German. The English Exercises from Collar's Eysenbach's German Lessons. i2mo. Paper. 51 pages. For introduction, 25 cents. GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. ALLEN AND GREENOUGH'S SHORTER LATIN GRAMMAR FOR SCHOOLS AlfD ACADEMIES. Condensed and Kevised by Professor JAMES B. GREENOUGH, Assisted by ALBERT A. HOWARD. 12mo. Cloth. 371 pages. For introduction, 95 cents. Space does not allow here a full description of this book, but attention is called to the following points : First. Allen and Greenough's Shorter Latin Grammar does not attempt the impossible. It does not aim to be at once a brief grammar and a full one, to cover both preparatory and college Latin courses in a space sufficient for only the former. Second. The reduction of size is secured not by retaining arbi- trarily what one or two scholars deem essential, but by ascertaining minutely what points are involved in the study of preparatory Latin. It must be admitted that any one who attacks the problem in this way will find that a great deal more information is required for thorough reading of the preparatory texts than any a priori maker of a short Latin grammar would suppose. Third. It has been found entirely feasible to follow the section numbering of the large Allen and Greenough Grammar, so that the full and the short grammars can be used in the same classes and the same set of references apply. If a class includes boys who are going to college and also boys who are not, the former may purchase the full grammar and the latter the short one. Fourth. The Latin grammar that shall be thoroughly satisfac- tory under all the conditions it is to meet in thousands of schools of every sort, must be a growth, and it is believed that the experience of making a full and complete grammar and of watching the use of it in schools for years, is almost a prerequisite to the preparation of a thoroughly satisfactory small one. GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. THE FIRST LATIN BOOK By W. C. collar, Head-Master of Roxbury Latin School, AND M. GRANT DANIELL, Recently Principal of Chauncy Hall School, Boston. i2mo. Cloth. 286 pages. Illustrated. For introduction, $1.00. This is an ideal text-book for teachers of Latin, for it enables them, while following a rigorously scientific method, to impart interest, freshness, and variety to the teaching of the elements of the language. It is an ideal text-book for beginners in Latin, for by its use they are able to master the rudiments of the language with ease and rapidity, and without the usual tediousness and drudgery. The reasons why this book stands the test of the school- room are : Because it is brief, simple, and attractive, and at the same time thorough and scholarly. Because at an early stage it introduces easy reading les- sons to illustrate forms and principles already studied. Because it presents continuity in the separate exercises for translation into English and into Latin, introduced as early and followed out as fully as practicable. Because it distributes difficulties and secures great scope, variety, and flexibility in practice by bringing forward cer- tain of the pronouns and certain constructions that are usually deferred till later and massed together. GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. Allen and Greenough'S New Caesar EDITED BV James B. Greenough, Professor of Latin in Harvard University, B. L. D'Ooge, Professor of Latin and Greek in Michigan State Normal College, Ypsilanti, and M. Grant Daniell, recently Principal of Chauncy-Hall School, for- merly Master in the Roxbury Latin School, Boston. Seven books. i2mo. Half morocco. Fully illustrated. lx + 452 pages. With a special vocabulary of 162 pages. For introduction, $1.25. This new edition of Caesar's "Gallic War" keeps prominently in view the needs of the beginner, on the ground that a large majority of those who read Caesar take it up immediately after finishing their first lessons. It is believed that all this class of students' needs have been fully met in the present edition. Professor Greenough has specially qualified himself for editing this edition by traveling and making recent investigations in France. Not only the notes, but the illustrations have profited greatly. A considerable number of the pictures in this edition are from photographs made especially for it. In other cases, pictures not previously seen in this country have been obtained. The museums have been visited and many new illustrations drawn from them. At the same time, all the standard and essential illustrations are used. It is believed that this part of the editing will be found of signal excellence and practical value. Several reading courses are suggested, each one of which, while embracing an amount of text equal to the first four books, contains choice selections of narrative and adventure from the various books. It is believed that this feature will be especially acceptable to teachers who have found the monotony of Caesar irksome, but have seen no way to vary the course. The text has been revised, many changes having been made, and the whole presents the commentaries in an ideal form for rapid and enjoyable reading. Quantities of long vowels are marked. GINN & COMPANY, Publishers, Boston. New York. Chicago. Atlanta. Dallas. ,^v^ \ ^- I • V iXa/Jo fW^.^-Ar. cIM^' fjU-- ^ c ,K^ '^A^Xf^ ^ r\ (^^(I'VrUi^: Ur^^^ THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. lAM ^ HHiin OMW ^ 1940 L' 270'-'^ 4' DEC 2 3 I99f LD 21-1007n-7,'39(402s) YB 00294 U.C BERKLLLY LIURARItS 'CXVv^) coti«4SsaMS 870723 O.A 7 «i? 1 THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY \